ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (5,273)
  • Online Books  (5,273)
Collection
  • Books  (5,273)
Language
Branch Library
  • 1
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Paris : OECD
    Call number: PIK P 113-10-0202
    Description / Table of Contents: This joint IEA/NEA report on electricity generating costs presents the latest data available for a wide variety of fuels and technologies, including coal and gas (with and without carbon capture), nuclear, hydro, onshore and offshore wind, biomass, solar, wave and tidal as well as combined heat and power (CHP).  It provides levelised costs of electricity (LCOE) per MWh for almost 200 plants, based on data covering 21 countries (including four major non-OECD countries), and several industrial companies and organisations.  For the first time, the report contains an extensive sensitivit
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 215 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9789264084308
    Language: English
    Note: Foreword; Acknowledgements; List of participating members of the Expert Group; CONTENTS; List of tables; List of figures; Executive summary; Part I: Methodology and Data on Levelised Costs for Generating Electricity; Chapter 1 Introduction and context; Chapter 2 Methodology, conventions and key assumptions; Chapter 3 Technology overview; Chapter 4 Country-by-country data on electricity generating costs for different technologies; Part 2: Sensitivity analyses and boundary issues; Chapter 5 Median case; Chapter 6 Sensitivity analyses. , Chapter 7 System integration aspects of variable renewable power generationChapter 8 Financing issues; Chapter 9 Levelised costs and the working of actual power markets; Chapter 10 Carbon capture and storage; Chapter 11 Synthesis report on other studies of the levelised cost of electricity; ANNEXES; Annex 1 Issues concerning data from non-OECD countries and assumptions forthe electricity generating cost calculations; Annex 2 List of abbreviations;.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stuttgart : Ulmer
    Call number: IASS 16.90047
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 413 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783825236762 (print)
    Series Statement: UTB 3676
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Call number: M 16.90059
    Description / Table of Contents: This handbook brings together a great deal of new data on the static and dynamic elastic properties of granular and other composite material. The authors are at the very center of today's research and present new and imported theoretical tools that have enabled our current understanding of the complex behavior of rocks.There are three central themes running throughout the presentation: ? Rocks as the prototypical material for defining a class of materials? The PM space model as a useful theoretical construct for developing a phenomenology? A sequence of refined analysis methods. This suite of
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 395 S. , ill., maps
    ISBN: 9783527407033
    Classification:
    Planetary Interiors
    Language: English
    Note: Nonlinear Mesoscopic Elasticity; Contents; Preface; Acknowledgements; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Systems; 1.2 Examples of Phenomena; 1.3 The Domain of Exploration; 1.4 Outline; References; 2 Microscopic/Macroscopic Formulation of the Traditional Theory of Linear and Nonlinear Elasticity; 2.1 Prefatory Remarks; 2.2 From Microscopic to Continuum; 2.2.1 A Microscopic Description; 2.2.2 Microscopic Description and Thermodynamics; 2.2.3 From Microscopic Model to Continuum Elasticity; 2.3 Continuum Elasticity and Macroscopic Phenomenology; 2.3.1 Displacement, Strain, and Stress. , 2.3.2 Dynamics of the Displacement Field2.3.3 Coupling Continuum Elasticity to Auxiliary Fields; 2.3.4 Inhomogeneous Elastic Systems; 2.4 Thermodynamics; 2.4.1 Thermodynamic Derivatives; 2.4.2 Series Expansion for ES; 2.4.3 Series Expansion for EZ; 2.4.4 Series Expansion for FT; 2.4.5 Assemble the Pieces; 2.5 Energy Scales; References; 3 Traditional Theory of Nonlinear Elasticity, Results; 3.1 Quasistatic Response; Linear and Nonlinear; 3.1.1 Quasistatic Response; Linear; 3.1.2 Quasistatic Response; Nonlinear; 3.2 Dynamic Response; Linear; 3.3 Quasistatic/Dynamic Response; Nonlinear. , 3.4 Dynamic Response Nonlinear; 3.4.1 Basic Equations; 3.4.2 Wave Propagation; 3.4.3 Resonant Bar; 3.5 Exotic Response; Nonlinear; 3.6 Green Functions; 3.6.1 Green Function, Free Space; 3.6.2 Green Function, Resonant Bar; References; 4 Mesoscopic Elastic Elements and Macroscopic Equations of State; 4.1 Background; 4.2 Elastic Elements; 4.2.1 Hertz-Mindlin Contacts; 4.2.2 Hysteretic Hertzian Contacts; 4.2.3 Hertzian Asperities; 4.2.4 Van der Waals Surfaces; 4.2.5 Other; 4.3 Effective Medium Theory; 4.4 Equations of State; Examples; 4.4.1 Hertzian Contacts; 4.4.2 Van der Waals Surfaces. , 4.4.3 Generalization and CaveatsReferences; 5 Auxiliary Fields; 5.1 Temperature; 5.2 Saturation; 5.2.1 Saturation/Strain Coupling; 5.2.2 Saturation/Strain Response; 5.3 The Conditioning Field, X; References; 6 Hysteretic Elastic Elements; 6.1 Finite Displacement Elastic Elements; Quasistatic Response; 6.1.1 Finite Displacement Elastic Elements: The Model; 6.1.2 Finite Displacement Elastic Element: Implementing the Model; 6.2 Finite Displacement Elastic Elements: Inversion; 6.3 Finite Displacement Elastic Elements: Dynamic Response; 6.3.1 Finite Displacement Elastic Element: Resonant Bar. , 6.3.2 Finite Displacement Elastic Element: Wave Mixing6.4 Models with Hysteresis; 6.5 Summary; 6.6 Models with Hysteresis, Detail; 6.6.1 Hertzian Contacts; 6.6.2 The Masing Rules; 6.6.3 The Endochronic Formalism; References; 7 The Dynamics of Elastic Systems; Fast and Slow; 7.1 Fast/Slow Linear Dynamics; 7.1.1 Quasistatic Response; 7.1.2 AC Response; 7.2 Fast Nonlinear Dynamics; 7.3 Auxiliary Fields and Slow Dynamics; 7.3.1 X = The Conditioning Field; 7.3.2 X = Temperature; 7.4 Summary; References; 8 Q and Issues of Data Modeling/Analysis; 8.1 Attenuation in Linear Elastic Systems. , 8.1.1 Wave Vector Dispersion.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Springer
    Call number: PIK N 531-16-90092
    Description / Table of Contents: Ecotones are dynamic over-lapping boundary areas where major terrestrial biomes meet.  As past studies have shown, and as the chapters in this book will illustrate, their structure, size, and scope have changed considerably over the millennia, expanding and shrinking as climate and/or other driving conditions, also changed.  Today, however, many of them are changing at a rate not seen for a long time, perhaps largely due to climate change and other human-induced factors.  Indeed ecotones are more sensitive to climate change than the biomes on either side, and thus may serve as critical early indicators of future climate change.  As ecotones change, they also redefine the limits of the biomes on either side by altering their distributions of species because, in addition to their own endemic species, any ecotone will also have species from both adjoining biomes.  Consequently, they may also be places of high levels of species interaction, serving as active evolutionary laboratories, which generate new species that then migrate back into adjacent biomes.Ecotones Between Forest and Grassland explores how these ecotones have changed in the past, how they are changing today, and how they are likely to change in the future. The book includes chapters from around the world with a special focus on South American and Neotropical ecotones. 
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 327 Seiten , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9781461437963 (print)
    Language: English
    Note: Ecotones Between Forest and Grassland; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Rationale; 1.2 Case Study: The Cross Timbers; 1.3 About This Book; References; Part I: Temperate Forest-Grassland Ecotones: Prairies, Steppes, and Pampas; Chapter 2: Woodland-Grassland Ecotonal Shifts in Environmental Mosaics: Lessons Learnt from the Environmental History of the Carpathian Basin (Central Europe) During the Holocene and the Last Ice Age Based on Investigation of Paleobotanical and Mollusk Remains; 2.1 Introduction. , 2.2 Modern Woodland-Grassland Ecotone in the Carpathian Basin and Controversies Around Definitions2.3 Profiles Selected and Methods Applied in Modeling Woodland-Grassland Ecotone Shifts in the Carpathian Basin; 2.3.1 The Climate-Zonal Hypothesis Put to the Test; 2.3.2 Testing the Model of Edaphic Ecological Factors; 2.3.3 Testing the Idea of Human-Induced Ecotone Development; 2.4 The Vegetation History of the Great Hungarian Plains as Inferred from the Evaluation of Quaternary Paleoecological and Environmental Historical Data; 2.4.1 Vegetation Development During Last Ice Age. , 2.4.2 Vegetation Development During the Terminal Part of the Last Ice Age2.4.3 Vegetation Development During the Pleistocene/Holocene Transition; 2.4.4 Vegetation History of the Carpathian Basin from the Settlement of the First Farmers; 2.5 Summary; References; Chapter 3: Ecotones as Complex Arenas of Disturbance, Climate, and Human Impacts: The Trans-Andean Forest-Steppe Ecotone of Northern Patagonia; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Physical and Biological Setting of Forest-Steppe Ecotone of Northern Patagonia; 3.2.1 Abiotic Transition; 3.2.2 Ecosystem Properties Across the Transition. , 3.2.3 Plant Communities and Plant Diversity Across the Transition3.3 Disturbance Variation and Forest Dynamics Across the Transition; 3.3.1 Fine-Scale Disturbances; 3.3.2 Coarse-Scale Disturbances; 3.4 Direct and Disturbances-Mediated In fl uences of Climate Variability Across the Transition; 3.5 Climate, Fire, Land Use, and Long-Term Vegetation Changes Across the Transition; 3.5.1 Xeric Steppe-Woodland Belt; 3.5.2 The Nothofagus Forest-Shrubland Belt; 3.5.3 The Wet Rainforest Belt; 3.6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Woody-Herbaceous-Livestock Species Interaction; 4.1 Introduction. , 4.2 Woody-Herbaceous Species Interactions and Associated Models4.3 Woodland and Grassland Stable States and Conceptual Models; 4.4 Woody-Herbaceous Ecotones; 4.5 Rates and Patterns of Woody-Herbaceous Ecotone Shift; 4.6 Woody-Herbaceous-Livestock Species Dynamics; 4.7 Other Potential Factors In fl uencing Woody-Herbaceous Species Dynamics; 4.8 Current and Future Research on Woody-Herbaceous-Livestock Species Interaction; References; Chapter 5: Woody Plant Invasions in Pampa Grasslands: A Biogeographical and Community Assembly Perspective; 5.1 Introduction. , 5.2 Woody Invasions as Hierarchical Assembly Processes.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Call number: PIK E 713-17-90095
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Herausgeberinnen: Prof. Dr.-Ing. Sabine Hofmeister, Dr. rer. nat. Christine Katz, Dr. rer. soc. Tanja Mölders, alle: Lehr- und Forschungsgebiet Umweltplanung, Fakultät Nachhaltigkeit, Leuphana Universität Lüneburg
    Description / Table of Contents: Zwischen Geschlechter- und Nachhaltigkeitsforschung sind zahlreiche Synergien möglich. Die AutorInnen zeigen, warum die Umweltwissenschaften nicht auf die Kategorie Geschlecht verzichten dürfen. Den LeserInnen wird ein Überblick über das komplexe und vielfältig verwobene Forschungsfeld gegeben.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 403 Seiten
    ISBN: 9783847400103
    Language: German
    Note: Contents: I Grundlegungen und Orientierungen ; 1. Grundlegungen im Themenfeld Geschlechterverhältnisse und Nachhaltigkeit ; 2. Orientierungen im Themenfeld Geschlechterverhältnisse und Nachhaltigkeit ; II Forschungs- und Handlungsfelder der Nachhaltigkeitswissenschaften und -politik ; 1. Einführung ; 2. Wissenschaft und Forschung ; 3. Wirtschaften und Arbeiten ; 4. Raumentwicklung ; 5. Mobilität ; 6. Klimawandel und -politik ; 7. Ressourcenpolitik und Infrastruktur ; 8. Natur und Landschaft ; 9. Konsum- und Lebensstile ; 10. Zeit(en) ; 11. Governance, Partizipation, Empowerment ; III Fazit - Die Kategorie Geschlecht: Neue Perspektiven für die Nachhaltigkeitswissenschaften
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Wiesbaden : Springer VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften
    Call number: IASS 16.90103
    Description / Table of Contents: Ob in Medien, in der Wissenschaft, in der Politik oder in der Alltagskommuni­kation - wir sind stets mit einer Fülle an schriftlichen und mündlichen Erzäh­lungen konfrontiert. Sie schaffen gemeinsame Wirklichkeiten und Identitäten, auf die wir uns als soziale Akteure in unseren Handlungen bewusst oder unbewusst beziehen. Erzählungen im öffentlichen Raum prägen Normen und Moralvorstellungen, helfen beim Aufbau sozialer und kultureller Ordnungen und festigen oder verschieben damit bestehende Normen. Es sind Erzählungen, die in öffentlichen Diskursen bestimmen, was in einer Gesellschaft als wahr
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 394 Seiten
    ISBN: 9783531932569 , 9783531173993 (print)
    Series Statement: Theorie und Praxis der Diskursforschung
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt; Über dieses Buch; Teil I Einführungen: Theorien der Erzählungen; Erzählen. Die ethisch-politische Funktion narrativer Diskurse; 1 Narrative Diskurse: Eigenschaften und Funktionen; 1.1 Die narrative Kunst der Begründung; 1.2 Ein semantisches Modell der Erzählung: Algirdas J. Greimas' Aktantentheorie; 1.3 Narrative Begründungen: Eine semantische Typologie; 1.4 Die Schuld und die Vergebung: Zum Verantwortungsmanagement narrativer Diskurse; 1.5 In medias res: Warum Erzählungen oft mit dem Ende beginnen; 1.6 Die doppelte Referenz: Das Allgemeine und das Einzigartige. , 2 Die Erzähler und ihr Publikum: Zur Öffentlichkeit narrativer Diskurse2.1 Öffentliche Urteile: Die Erzähler und ihr Publikum; 2.2 Die zwei Stimmen des Erzählers; 2.3 Die Präsenz des Erzählers in der Erzählung; 2.4 Die Öffentlichkeiten des Erzählers; 2.5 Autobiografisches Erzählen: Der innere Dialog und das Denken; 2.6 Ausblick: Die Öffentlichkeitsregime narrativer Diskurse; Literatur; »Menschen lesbarer machen«1: Narration, Diskurs,Referenz; 1 Narrationen als sozialwissenschaftliches Konzept; 1.1 Erzählungen zwischen Text und Handlung; 1.2 Typen der Erzählung. , 1.3 Zur lebensweltlichen Einbettung von Narrativen2 Zum Verhältnis von Narration und Diskurs; 2.1 Brauchen Diskurse Erzählungen?; 2.2 Narrationen als Sprech-Handlungen (über Satzniveau); 3 Erzählungen: Strukturen, Ereignisse und dieKomposition der Fabel; 3.1 Narration und Fabelkomposition; 3.2 Ebenen der Erzählung; 3.3 Kollektiv-Symbole und ihre Erzählungen; 3.4 Narrative und ihre Bedeutung für die kulturelle Reproduktion und Innovation; 4 Referenz und Erzählung: Jenseits der Innenwelt von Texten; 4.1 Öffentliche Erzählungen als Mimesis von Handlungen?. , 5 ConclusioLiteratur; Öffentliche Erzählungen und der globale Wandel des Klimas; 1 Einleitung; 2 Der Mensch als Klimageschichtenerzähler; 2.1 Was heißt Narrativisierung des Klimas?; 2.2 Narrationen als Geburtshelfer möglicher Welten; 2.3 Klimageschichten sind lebende Geschichten; 3 Globaler Klimawandel: Geburt eines Konzepts; 4 Sechs Varianten der Narrativisierung des globalenKlimawandels; 4.1 Das »globale Treibhaus« als anthropogene Katastrophe; 4.2 Anthropogene Eiszeiten: die Katastrophe des; 4.3 Die Geschichte vom »nuklearen Winter«; 4.4 »Paradiesische Warmzeiten«. , 4.5 Die ewige Wiederkehr der »Sonnenflecken«: Normalität statt Katastrophe. , 4.2 Die Konfiguration von Charakteren in öffentlichen Erzählungen4.3 Re-figuration und die Rolle des Lesers; Teil II Erzählungen in den Medien; Kollektivsymbolik und die deutsche Krise seit dem Jahr 2000; Heimat, Natur und die gute alte Zeit. Erzählungenüber Nachhaltige Entwicklung im Spannungsfeldöffentlicher und wissenschaftlicher Diskurse1; 1 Einleitung; 2 Wissenschaftliche Diskurse über Nachhaltige Entwicklung; 3 Nachhaltige Ernährung und Ernährungskommunikation; 4 Erzählungen über Ernährung in den Medien; 4.1 Polarisierende Rhetorik; 4.2 Affirmative Rhetorik; 4.3 Reflektierende Rhetorik.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: M 16.90106
    Description / Table of Contents: An Updated Guide to the Visualization of Data for Designers, Users, and ResearchersInteractive Data Visualization: Foundations, Techniques, and Applications, Second Edition provides all the theory, details, and tools necessary to build visualizations and systems involving the visualization of data. In color throughout, it explains basic terminology and concepts, algorithmic and software engineering issues, and commonly used techniques and high-level algorithms. Full source code is provided for completing implementations. New to the Second EditionNew related readings, exercises, and programming
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 571 Seiten
    Edition: 2nd ed.
    ISBN: 9781482257373
    Language: English
    Note: Front Cover; Dedication; Contents; Preface to the First Edition; Preface to the Second Edition; CHAPTER 1 - Introduction; CHAPTER 2 - Data Foundations; CHAPTER 3 - Human Perception and Information Processing; CHAPTER 4 - Visualization Foundations; CHAPTER 5 - Visualization Techniques for Spatial Data; CHAPTER 6 - Visualization Techniques for Geospatial Data; CHAPTER 7 - Visualization Techniques for Time-Oriented Data; CHAPTER 8 - Visualization Techniques for Multivariate Data; CHAPTER 9 - Visualization Techniques for Trees, Graphs, and Networks; CHAPTER 10 - Text and Document Visualization. , CHAPTER 11 - Interaction ConceptsCHAPTER 12 - Interaction Techniques; CHAPTER 13 - Designing Effective Visualizations; CHAPTER 14 - Comparing and Evaluating Visualization Techniques; CHAPTER 15 - Visualization Systems; CHAPTER 16 - Research Directions in Visualization; APPENDIX A - History of Computer Graphics and Visualization; APPENDIX B - Example Data Sets; APPENDIX C - Sample Programs; Bibliography; Back Cover.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: M 17.90354
    Description / Table of Contents: Fiber optic sensors based on nano-films -- Lossy Mode Resonances based sensors -- Surface Plasmon Resonances based fiber optic sensors -- Plastic optical fiber biosensors -- Vapor based deposition techniques for optical fiber sensing -- Fiber optic sensors in biomedical applications -- Optical hyperspectral sensors -- Fiber optic sensors for radiation dosimetry -- Fiber optic gas sensors -- Structural health monitoring fiber optic sensors -- Distributed temperature sensors -- Respiratory diseases fiber optic based sensors -- Optical sensing based on photonic crystal structures -- Long Period grating based sensors -- Magnetic field fiber optic sensors -- Sensing at THz frecuencies -- Multimode Interference Fiber Sensors -- Fiber optics sensors based on multicore structures
    Description / Table of Contents: This book describes important recent developments in fiber optic sensor technology and examines established and emerging applications in a broad range of fields and markets, including power engineering, chemical engineering, bioengineering, biomedical engineering, and environmental monitoring. Particular attention is devoted to niche applications where fiber optic sensors are or soon will be able to compete with conventional approaches. Beyond novel methods for the sensing of traditional parameters such as strain, temperature, and pressure, a variety of new ideas and concepts are proposed and explored. The significance of the advent of extended infrared sensors is discussed, and individual chapters focus on sensing at THz frequencies and optical sensing based on photonic crystal structures. Another important topic is the resonances generated when using thin films in conjunction with optical fibers, and the enormous potential of sensors based on lossy mode resonances, surface plasmon resonances, and long-range surface exciton polaritons. Detailed attention is also paid to fiber Bragg grating sensors and multimode interference sensors. Each chapter is written by an acknowledged expert in the subject under discussion
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 381 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319426242
    Series Statement: Smart Sensors, Measurement and Instrumentation 21
    Classification:
    Engineering
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: M 17.90543
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a new edition of Roederer’s classic Dynamics of Geomagnetically Trapped Radiation, updated and considerably expanded. The main objective is to describe the dynamic properties of magnetically trapped particles in planetary radiation belts and plasmas and explain the physical processes involved from the theoretical point of view. The approach is to examine in detail the orbital and adiabatic motion of individual particles in typical configurations of magnetic and electric fields in the magnetosphere and, from there, derive basic features of the particles’ collective “macroscopic” behavior in general planetary environments. Emphasis is not on the “what” but on the “why” of particle phenomena in near-earth space, providing a solid and clear understanding of the principal basic physical mechanisms and dynamic processes involved. The book will also serve as an introduction to general space plasma physics, with abundant basic examples to illustrate and explain the physical origin of different types of plasma current systems and their self-organizing character via the magnetic field. The ultimate aim is to help both graduate students and interested scientists to successfully face the theoretical and experimental challenges lying ahead in space physics in view of recent and upcoming satellite missions and an expected wealth of data on radiation belts and plasmas
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xviii, 192 Seiten
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9783642415296
    Series Statement: Astrophysics and Space Science Library 403
    Classification:
    Geomagnetism, Geoelectromagnetism
    Language: English
    Note: Particle Drifts and the First Adiabatic InvariantParticle Trapping, Drift Shells and the Second Adiabatic Invariant -- Periodic Drift Motion and the Third Adiabatic Invariant -- Trapped Particle Distributions and Flux Mapping -- Violation of the Adiabatic Invariants and Trapped Particle Diffusion -- Introduction to Plasma Physics..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London : Routledge
    Call number: IASS 16.90562
    Description / Table of Contents: This book analyzes the expanding oil and gas activities in the Arctic from a social and developmental perspective, raising questions concerning the interaction between indigenous peoples, governments and oil and gas companies
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xi, 390 S. , graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 041544330X (hbk) , 9780415443302 (hbk) , 0415619823 (pbk) , 9780415619820 (pbk) , 0203893743 (ebook) , 9780203893746 (ebook)
    Series Statement: Routledge explorations in environmental economics
    Language: English
    Note: Book Cover; Title; Copyright; Contents; Figures; Tables; Contributors; Preface; Acknowledgements; 1 Introduction; Part I The Arctic: Context, framework and methodology; 2 Framing oil and gas in the Arctic from a sustainable development perspective; 3 Climate change and consequences for the Arctic; 4 Corporate social responsibility: The economic and institutional responsibility of business in society; 5 Framework and methodology: Regulation and discourse analysis as a research strategy; Part II Legal and institutional framework: Case studies. , 6 Legal and institutional framework: A comparative analysis7 Expanding oil and gas activities on the North Slope of Alaska; 8 Oil and gas activities at the Mackenzie Delta, in Canada's Northwest Territories; 9 Going North: The new petroleum province of Norway; 10 The Russian model: Merging profit and sustainability; Part III Comparisons and managerial implications; 11 Human rights and indigenous peoples in the Arctic: What are the implications for the oil and gas industry?; 12 Perceptions of Arctic challenges: Alaska, Canada, Norway and Russia compared; 13 Managerial implications; Index.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: PIK N 076-16-90270/2 ; M 17.90270
    Description / Table of Contents: Teil 1: Globale Klimaprojektionen und regionale Projektionen für Deutschland und Europa -- Teil 2: Klimawandel in Deutschland: Regionale Besonderheiten und Extreme -- Teil 3: Auswirkungen des Klimawandels in Deutschland -- Teil 4: Übergreifende Risiken und Unsicherheiten -- Teil 5: Integrierte Strategien zur Anpassung an den Klimawandel
    Description / Table of Contents: Erstmals trägt dieses nationale Assessment den Forschungsstand zum Klimawandel umfassend für alle Themenbereiche und gesellschaftlichen Sektoren zusammen. Womit müssen wir in Deutschland rechnen, welche Auswirkungen werden die Klimaveränderungen auf Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft haben, und wie können wir uns wappnen? 126 Autoren aus ganz Deutschland äußern sich zu Themen wie bereits beobachtete und zukünftige Veränderungen, Wetterkatastrophen und deren Folgen, den Projektionen für die Zukunft, den Risiken sowie möglichen Anpassungsstrategien. Die Autoren stellen in verständlicher Sprache den aktuellen Forschungsstand dar und veranschaulichen die wichtigsten Gedanken in Grafiken und Tabellen. Alle Texte wurden mehrfach wissenschaftlich begutachtet. Klimawandel in Deutschland ist die erste Gesamtschau zu dem Themenkomplex, benennt offene Fragestellungen und liefert eine Grundlage für Entscheidungen im Zusammenhang mit dem Klimawandel. Deutschland reiht sich damit ein in die Liste von Ländern wie die Vereinigten Staaten, Österreich und Großbritannien, in denen derartige Berichte bereits vorliegen. Die Herausgeber: Prof. Dr. Guy Brasseur und Prof. Dr. Daniela Jacob, ehemaliger Direktor und gegenwärtige Direktorin des Climate Center Germany/Helmholtz-Zentrum Geesthacht, und Susanne Schuck-Zöller, die auch die Projektleitung übernommen hat, werden bei diesem Buch unterstützt von einem Editorial Board, dem elf herausragende Wissenschaftler aus den wichtigsten Klimaforschungseinrichtungen in Deutschland angehören
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XX, 348 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783662503966 (print)
    Classification:
    Meteorology and Climatology
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London : The Geological Society
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(433)
    In: Geological Society special publication ; 433
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 315 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781862397477
    Series Statement: Geological Society Special Publication 433
    Classification:
    Historical Geology
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: M 16.90275
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Contents -- Contributors -- Part I: Limnology, History and Comparative Legends -- 1: Pavin, the Birthplace of French Limnology (1770-2012), and Its Degassing Controversy (1986-2016) -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Analysis of Pavin Actors, History and Perception Through an Interdisciplinary and Intercomparative Approach -- 1.3 Pavin, a Typical Maar-Lake Above any Contamination Source -- 1.3.1 Pavin General Features -- 1.3.2 Pavin Compared to Other Lakes of the Cézallier Lake District -- 1.3.3 Pavin Compared to Other European Maar-Lakes -- 1.3.3.1 Eifel Lakes
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.3.2 Italian Lakes -- 1.4 Pavin Scientific Exploration (1770-1985) -- 1.4.1 Chevalier's Expedition (1770) -- 1.4.2 Lecoq, the Great Auvergne Naturalist, Normalizes Pavin… with Fishes (1847-1871) -- 1.4.3 The First Golden Age of Science at Pavin: Berthoule, Delebecque, Martel, Bruyant (1880-1914) -- 1.4.3.1 Clermont Botanists and Zoologists Establish the Limnological Station at Besse -- 1.4.3.2 André Delebecque at Pavin (1892) -- 1.4.3.3 Edouard-Alfred Martel at Creux de Soucy (1892) -- 1.4.4 Pavin Meromixis Discovery by Olivier and Pelletier (1950-1960s)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 Pavin Acquires a Status of International Field Laboratory (1965-2000) -- 1.5.1 International Projects Select Pavin as a Pristine Lake (1965-1975) -- 1.5.2 Pavin, a Laboratory for Innovative Lake Research (1965-1986) -- 1.6 Maar Lakes Degassing Evidence in Cameroun and Italy -- 1.6.1 Nyos (21 August 1986) and Monoun (15 August 1984) Degassing Events and Their Effects on Populations -- 1.6.2 Ancient Degassing Events in Italian Maar-Lakes, Albano and Monticchio -- 1.6.2.1 The Albano Catastrophic Degassing and Spillover Event in Latium (398 BC)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.6.2.2 Monticchio Lakes (Southern Italy) and Their Pioneer Degassing Studies, 1777-1838 -- 1.7 Sensory Grid of Degassing in Maar-Lakes -- 1.8 Pavin Degassing Controversy (1986-2016) -- 1.9 Conclusions -- References -- 2: Pavin, A Rich but Fragmented History (200 AD-2016) -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Finding Pavin Puzzle Pieces -- 2.3 Pavin's History Highlights -- 2.3.1 Antiquity: A Pompeian Millstone Retrieved from Pavin Waters in 1909 -- 2.3.2 Early Antique and Medieval Worship Near Pavin, on the Vassivière Mountain
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.3 Lacus pavens Terrifies the Whole Region Throughout the Sixteenth Century -- 2.3.3.1 The Terrible Explosion Witnessed at Vassivière by Besse People (28 August 1551 Pavin Event) -- 2.3.3.2 A Hazardous Abyss, Generating Storm, Thunder and Hail, Presented to Charles IX (1566) -- 2.3.3.3 Pavin Painted on the First Realistic Landscape Picture in France (1571-1579) -- 2.3.3.4 Pavin Marvelous Response to a Thrown Stone in Belleforest's Cosmographia Universalis (1575) -- 2.3.3.5 Lacus pavens, the Terrifying Lake, Is the Original Pavin Name (Banc 1605)
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.4 The Admirable and Terrifying Pavens Gets Famous During the Seventeenth Century
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 421 S.
    ISBN: 9783319399607
    Classification:
    Historical Geology
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dordrecht : Springer Science + Business Media B.V
    Call number: PIK N 456-16-90276
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook describes various physical, radiative, dynamical and chemical processes involved in the coupling between the Stratosphere and Troposphere. This textbook is intended for graduate students in middle atmosphere stratospheric physics, dynamic and atmospheric science courses and will be useful to all research workers in meteorology, aeronomy, atmospheric physics, atmospheric chemistry and environmental sciences. Current areas of interest, such as Antarctic ozone hole, global warming effects on stratospheric cooling are also addressed. Stratosphere troposphere exchange, transport processes in the upper troposphere and lower stratosphere and the role of stratosphere on tropospheric weather systems are presented. The information provided in the textbook will have broad applicability in other branches of atmospheric science, and will be of interest to those studying such areas as climate change, extreme weather events, and potential for the prediction of tropospheric weather systems.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVII, 416 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781402082160 , 9781402082177
    Language: English
    Note: ""Preface""; ""Acknowledgments""; ""Contents""; ""Chapter 1 Structure and Composition of the Lower and Middle Atmosphere""; ""Chapter 2 Radiative Processes in the Lower and Middle Atmosphere""; ""Chapter 3 Dynamics of the Troposphere and Stratosphere""; ""Chapter 4 Waves in the Troposphere and Stratosphere""; ""Chapter 5 Chemical Processes in the Stratosphere and Troposphere""; ""Chapter 6 Stratospheric Ozone Depletion and Antarctic Ozone Hole""; ""Chapter 7 Transport Processes in the Stratosphere and Troposphere""; ""Chapter 8 Stratosphere�Troposphere Exchange"". , ""Chapter 9 Stratospheric Influence on Tropospheric Weather and Climate""""Acronyms""; ""List of Symbols""; ""Table of Physical Constants""; ""Answers to Selected Problems""; ""Index"".
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham [u.a.] : Springer
    Call number: IASS 16.90595
    Description / Table of Contents: In the late 18th century explorers and scientists started venturing into the Arctic in a heroic and sometimes deadly effort to understand and unveil the secrets of the unforgiving and mysterious polar region of the high north. Despite that the Arctic was already populated mattered less for the first wave of polar researchers and explorations who nevertheless, brought back valuable knowledge. Today the focus in Arctic science and discourse has changed to one which includes the peoples and societies, and their interaction with the world beyond. The image of a static Arctic - heralded first by explorers - prevailed for a long time, but today the eyes of the World see the Arctic very differently. Few, if any, other places on Earth are currently experiencing the kind of dramatic change witnessed in the Arctic. According to model forecasts, these changes are likely to have profound implications on biophysical and human systems, and will accelerate in the decades to come.  “The New Arctic” highlights how, and in what parts, the natural and political system is being transformed. We’re talking about a region where demography, culture, and political and economic systems are increasingly diverse, although many common interests and aspects remain; and with the new Arctic now firmly placed in a global context. Settlements range from small, predominantly indigenous communities, to large industrial cities, and all have a link to the surrounding environment, be it glaciers or vegetation or the ocean itself. “The New Arctic” contributes to our further understanding of the changing Arctic. It offers a range of perspectives, which reflect the deep insight of a variety of scientific scholars across many disciplines bringing a wide range of expertise. The book speaks to a broad audience, including policy-makers, students and scientific colleagues
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXII, 352 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319176017 (print) , 9783319176024 (eBook)
    Parallel Title: Print version The New Arctic
    Language: English
    Note: Foreword; Preface; Contents; Authors' Biography; Chapter 1: Paths to the New Arctic; Chapter 2: Indigenous Peoples in the New Arctic; Chapter 3: Pioneering Nation: New Narratives About Greenland and Greenlanders Launched Through Arts and Branding; Chapter 4: Perpetual Adaption? Challanges for the Sami and Reindeer Husbandry in Sweden; Chapter 5: On Past, Present and Future Arctic Expeditions; Chapter 6: Arctopias: The Arctic as No Place and New Place in Fiction; Chapter 7: The Fleeting Glaciers of the Arctic; Chapter 8: Arctic Carbon Cycle: Patterns, Impacts and Possible Changes; Chapter 9: Arctic Vegetation Cover: Patterns, Processes and Expected Change; Chapter 10: Human Development in the New Arctic; Chapter 11: Issues in Arctic Tourism; ...
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremen : MARUM - Zentrum für Marine Umweltwissenschaften, Fachbereich Geowissenschaften, Universität Bremen
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-166(314)
    In: Berichte aus dem MARUM und dem Fachbereich Geowissenschaften der Universität Bremen
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 204 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Series Statement: Berichte aus dem MARUM und dem Fachbereich Geowissenschaften der Universität Bremen No. 314
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als R/V MARIA S. MERIAN cruise report MSM57
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bremen : MARUM - Zentrum für Marine Umweltwissenschaften der Universität Bremen
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-166(315)
    In: Berichte aus dem MARUM und dem Fachbereich Geowissenschaften der Universität Bremen
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Series Statement: Berichte, MARUM – Zentrum für Marine Umweltwissenschaften, Fachbereich Geowissenschaften, Universität Bremen 315
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Beijing :O'Reilly,
    Call number: 18/M 17.90449
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxxiii, 553 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: First Edition.
    ISBN: 9781491920510
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge, MA : Elsevier Science
    Call number: IASS 17.90954
    Description / Table of Contents: Title page -- Table of Contents -- Copyright -- Dedication -- Acronyms -- List of Boxes -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- List of Plates -- Preface -- Acknowledgments -- 1. The Automotive System -- In Love With the Automobile -- Growth of the Automobile System -- 2. The Psychology of the Car -- Car Culture -- The Car in Movies -- Advancing the Understanding of Automobility -- The Complexity of Transport Behavior -- A More Comprehensive Transport Psychology -- 3. Automobile Personalities and (Co)Identities -- Car Driver Personalities -- Cars With Personalities -- Car Identity -- Driver-Car Coidentities -- 4. Feelings, Emotions and the Car -- Emotions and the Car -- Fear, Anxieties, and Phobias -- Power, Dominance, and Control -- Anger and Aggression -- Anger and Contempt -- Revenge -- Rebellion -- Escape -- 5. Automobility, Gender and Sex -- Car Semiotics: The Evolutionary Social Psychology of Attraction -- The Car as Space for Sexual Activity -- Sex on the Road -- Dominance and Submission -- Automobile Sexuality in Movies -- Paraphilia -- 6. Speed -- Speeding Up -- Psychological Reasons for Speed -- Speed=Friction -- Speed and Accidents -- Video Games and Speed -- 7. Rights, Authority, and the Police -- The Right to Automobility -- Hatred of Government -- Police, Authority, and the Law -- Driving Outside the Law -- Popular Culture and Perspectives of the Police -- 8. Community, Friends, Family -- The Importance of Relations -- Community in Car Cultures -- Community in Car Movies -- Community and Automobility -- 9. Risk and Death -- Risk and Death in the Automotive System -- Seeking Death -- Racer Biographies: Troubled Childhoods -- Movies and Automobile Death -- 10. The Clinical Psychology of the Car -- Being Mentally Ill -- Personality Disorders and Transport Behavior -- Communicative Violence, Private Languages, and Personality Disorders
    Description / Table of Contents: Trauma, Neglect, Abuse: Car Movies and Real World -- 11. Barriers to Automobile Change -- Defining Desirable Transport Futures -- Car Order, Car Identity -- Reconsidering Structures of Automotive Dependency -- Maintaining and Validating the Automotive System -- The Risk of Psychological "Tipping Points" -- Towards Systemic Change -- 12. Sustainable Automotive Futures -- Structures of Dependency -- Interventions: Regime Change, Habits, and Car Values -- Successful Interventions: Positive Communication and Reward Systems -- Further Insights for the Design of Interventions -- The Future is an Open Road -- References -- Index
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxvi, 313 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780128110089
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    facet.materialart.12
    Paris : OECD Publishing
    Call number: 9789282108000 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (220 pages)
    ISBN: 9789282108000 , 9789282107997
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Chapter 1. The transport sector today ; Chapter 2. Transport demand and CO2 emissions to 2050 ; Chapter 3. International freight ; Chapter 4. International passenger aviation ; Chapter 5. Mobility in cities ; Statistical annex
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Springer New York
    Call number: M 17.91078
    Description / Table of Contents: Fracture in structural materials remains a vital consideration in engineering systems, affecting the reliability of machines throughout their lives. Impressive advances in both the theoretical understanding of fracture mechanisms and practical developments that offer possibilities of control have re-shaped the subject over the past four decades. The contributors to this volume, including some of the most prominent researchers in the field, give their long-range perspectives of the research on the fracture of solids and its achievements. The subjects covered in this volume include: statistics of brittle fracture, transition of fracture from brittle to ductile, mechanics and mechanisms of ductile separation of heterogenous solids, the crack tip environment in ductile fracture, and mechanisms and mechanics of fatigue. Materials considered range from the usual structural solids to composites. The chapters include both theoretical points of view and discussions of key experiments. Contributors include: from MIT, A.S. Argon, D.M. Parks; from Cambridge, M.F. Ashby; from U.C. Santa Barbara, A.G. Evans, R. McMeeking; from Glasgow, J. Hancock; from Harvard, J.W. Hutchinson, J.R. Rice; from Sheffield, K.J. Miller; from Brown, A. Needleman; from the Ecole des Mines, A. Pineau; from U.C. Berkeley, R. O. Ritchie; and from Copenhagen, V. Tvergaard
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 346 Seiten
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Engineering
    ISBN: 9781461229346 , 9781461277262 (print)
    Classification:
    Engineering
    Language: English
    Note: 1. Peierls Framework for Analysis of Dislocation Nucleation from a Crack Tip2. Advances in Characterization of Elastic-Plastic Crack-Tip Fields -- 3. Constraint and Stress State Effects in Ductile Fracture -- 4. Void Growth in Plastic Solids -- 5. Crack Blunting and Void Growth Models for Ductile Fracture -- 6. Global and Local Approaches of Fracture - Transferability of Laboratory Test Results to Components -- 7. Growth of Cracks By Intergranular Cavitation in Creep -- 8. Cracking and Fatigue in Fiber-Reinforced Metal and Ceramic Matrix Composites -- 9. Metal Fatigue - A New Perspective -- 10. Reflections on Contributions to Deformation and Fracture..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: 6/M 17.91064
    Description / Table of Contents: Erst mit Hilfe von Satelliten wurde die Erdmessung tatsächlich global und dreidimensional. Ozeane und Eisschilde stellen keine Hindernisse mehr dar, sie lassen sich heute mit gleicher Präzision vermessen wie die Kontinente. Verfeinerungen resultieren aus der Kombination von Raumverfahren mit terrestrischen Messmethoden. Damit gelingt es der Erdmessung, fundamentale Beiträge zum Verständnis des Erdsystems und des Klimawandels zu liefern. Voraussetzung für diese Entwicklung sind sehr moderne Messverfahren und Auswertemethoden und deren extrem genaue Verknüpfung in einem globalen erd- und raumfesten Referenzsystem. Im Band Erdmessung und Satellitengeodäsie werden exemplarisch die historischen Wurzeln, methodischen Grundlagen, verwendeten Messverfahren sowie die Forschungstrends vorgestellt.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 507 S. 168 Abb., 132 Abb. in Farbe
    ISBN: 9783662470992
    Series Statement: Springer Reference Naturwissenschaften
    Classification:
    Geodesy
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton and Oxford : Princeton University Press,
    Call number: M 17.90645
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover; Title; Copyright; Contents; List of Illustrations; Preface; PART ONE: What Has Controlled Earth's Climate?; CHAPTER ONE: Climate and Human History; PART TWO: Nature in Control; CHAPTER TWO: Slow Going for a Few Million Years; CHAPTER THREE: Linking Earth's Orbit to Its Climate; CHAPTER FOUR: Orbital Changes Control Ice-Age Cycles; CHAPTER FIVE: Orbital Changes Control Monsoon Cycles; CHAPTER SIX: Stirrings of Change; PART THREE: Humans Begin to Take Control; CHAPTER SEVEN: Early Agriculture and Civilization; CHAPTER EIGHT: Taking Control of Methane
    Description / Table of Contents: CHAPTER NINE: Taking Control of CO[sub(2)]CHAPTER TEN: Have We Delayed a Glaciation?; CHAPTER ELEVEN: Challenges and Responses; PART FOUR: Disease Enters the Picture; CHAPTER TWELVE: But What about Those CO[sub(2)] "Wiggles"?; CHAPTER THIRTEEN: The Horsemen of the Apocalypse: Which One?; CHAPTER FOURTEEN: Pandemics, CO[sub(2)], and Climate; PART FIVE: Humans in Control; CHAPTER FIFTEEN: Greenhouse Warming: Tortoise and Hare; CHAPTER SIXTEEN: Future Warming: Large or Small?; CHAPTER SEVENTEEN: From the Past into the Distant Future; EPILOGUE; CHAPTER EIGHTEEN: Global-Change Science and Politics
    Description / Table of Contents: CHAPTER NINETEEN: Consuming Earth's GiftsAfterword to the Princeton Science Library Edition; Bibliography; Figure Sources; Index; A; B; C; D; E; F; G; H; I; K; L; M; N; O; P; R; S; T; U; V; W; Y
    Description / Table of Contents: The impact on climate from 200 years of industrial development is an everyday fact of life, but did humankind''s active involvement in climate change really begin with the industrial revolution, as commonly believed? Plows, Plagues, and Petroleum has sparked lively scientific debate since it was first published--arguing that humans have actually been changing the climate for some 8,000 years--as a result of the earlier discovery of agriculture. The ""Ruddiman Hypothesis"" will spark intense debate. We learn that the impact of farming on greenhouse-gas levels, thousands of years before the i
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiv, 226 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: New Princeton Science Library edition
    ISBN: 9780691173214
    Series Statement: Princeton Science Library
    Classification:
    Meteorology and Climatology
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : De Gruyter Saur
    Call number: M 17.90884
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Praxishandbuch Open Access bietet eine Einführung in das Open Access Publizieren sowohl aus der Perspektive der Autoren als auch aus der Perspektive der beteiligten Institutionen. Es stellt die Workflows und die wichtigsten Werkzeuge vor und nimmt eine Einordnung verschiedener Geschäftsmodelle vor. Dabei konzentriert es sich auf die Publikation von Texten, bietet aber auch einen Ausblick auf das Data Publishing. Es wendet sich an alle, die den barrierefreien Zugang zu wissenschaftlichen Informationen als ihr Anliegen sehen und die Open Access bereits jetzt praktizieren oder künftig in unterschiedlichen Rollen dazu beitragen wollen. Konstanze Söllner,Univ. Erlangen-Nürnberg; Bernhard Mittermaier, Forschungszentrum Jülich.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 354 Seiten , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783110492033 (print) , 9783110491593 , 9783110494068
    Series Statement: De Gruyter Praxishandbuch
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Praxishandbuch Open Access
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Monograph available for loan
    Tokyo : Springer Japan
    Call number: M 17.90963
    Description / Table of Contents: This book on multiscale seismic tomography, written by one of the leaders in the field, is suitable for undergraduate and graduate students, researchers, and professionals in Earth and planetary sciences who need to broaden their horizons about seismotectonics, volcanism, and interior structure and dynamics of the Earth and Moon. It describes the state-of-the-art in seismic tomography, with emphasis on the new findings obtained by applying tomographic methods in local, regional, and global scales for understanding the generating mechanism of large and great earthquakes such as the 2011 Tohoku-oki earthquake (Mw 9.0), crustal and upper mantle structure, origin of active arc volcanoes and intraplate volcanoes including hotspots, heterogeneous structure of subduction zones, fate of subducting slabs, origin of mantle plumes, mantle convection, and deep Earth dynamics. The first lunar tomography and its implications for the mechanism of deep moonquakes and lunar evolution are also introduced
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 304 p. 146 illus., 117 illus. in color
    ISBN: 9784431553595 , 9784431553601 (ebook)
    Series Statement: Springer Geophysics
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: IntroductionMethodology of Seismic Tomography -- Subduction Zone Tomography -- Large Earthquakes and Seismotectonics -- Hotspots and Mantle Plumes -- East Asia Structure and Tectonics -- Global Tomography and Deep Earth dynamics -- Seismic Tomography of the Moon..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: ISO 19119
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online Ressource
    Edition: August 2016
    Series Statement: DIN EN ISO 19119
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: 9783319429281 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This Handbook presents a complete and rigorous overview of the fundamentals, methods and applications of the multidisciplinary field of Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS), providing an exhaustive, one-stop reference work and a state-of-the-art description of GNSS as a key technology for science and society at large. All global and regional satellite navigation systems, both those currently in operation and those under development (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, BeiDou, QZSS, IRNSS/NAVIC, SBAS), are examined in detail. The functional principles of receivers and antennas, as well as the advanced algorithms and models for GNSS parameter estimation, are rigorously discussed. The book covers the broad and diverse range of land, marine, air and space applications, from everyday GNSS to high-precision scientific applications and provides detailed descriptions of the most widely used GNSS format standards, covering receiver formats as well as IGS product and meta-data formats. The full coverage of the field of GNSS is presented in seven parts, from its fundamentals, through the treatment of global and regional navigation satellite systems, of receivers and antennas, and of algorithms and models, up to the broad and diverse range of applications in the areas of positioning and navigation, surveying, geodesy and geodynamics, and remote sensing and timing. Each chapter is written by international experts and amply illustrated with figures and photographs, making the book an invaluable resource for scientists, engineers, students and institutions alike.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (1,335 pages) : , illustrations (some color), photographs, tables.
    ISBN: 9783319429267 , 9783319429281 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Springer Handbooks
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: 9783893365500 (print)
    In: Schriften des Forschungszentrums Jülich
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Anzahl wissenschaftlicher Publikationen in Zeitschriften, die Anzahl von Zitationen in diesen Zeitschriftenartikeln und die Anzahl angemeldeter Patente steigen kontinuierlich und scheinbar unaufhaltsam. Der Einsatz von Bibliometrie eröffnet die Möglichkeit, diese Kommunikation in der Wissenschaft transparenter zu machen: So können mit Hilfe von Bibliometrie die Entwicklung von Themen nachvollzogen, die Wahrnehmung von Einrichtungen bestimmt und mögliche Kooperationspartner identifiziert werden. Die Dissertation illustriert, wie es mit Hilfe von quantitativen bibliometrischen Methoden möglich ist, einen objektiven Eindruck wissenschaftlicher Entwicklung zu gewinnen. Sie befasst sich dabei mit der Frage, wie Bibliometrie im Kontext von Trendbeobachtung und Trenderkennung in der Naturwissenschaft eingesetzt werden kann und welcher Nutzen sich hieraus ergibt. | The number of scientific publications in journals, the number of citations in these journal articles and the number of patent applications are all rising steadily in what appears to be an unstoppable manner. The use of bibliometrics is one way of making this communication within science more transparent. Bibliometrics can be used as an aid to understand the development of topics, to determine the perception of institutions, and to identify possible cooperation partners. This dissertation will explain how quantitative bibliometric methods can be used to gain an objective impression of scientific development. It looks at how bibliometrics can be used for trend observation and trend recognition in the natural sciences and the benefits that arise as a result.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online Ressource (311 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783893365500
    Series Statement: Schriften des Forschungszentrums Jülich 19
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Regensburg, Univ., Diss., 2007
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    facet.materialart.12
    New York, Basingstoke : Freeman
    Call number: 9781464138744
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (755 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 7th edition
    ISBN: 978-1-4641-3874-4 , 1-4641-3874-5
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    facet.materialart.12
    Ottawa : Geological Survey of Canada
    Associated volumes
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.4095/207658
    In: Miscellaneous Report / Geological Survey of Canada ; 59, 59
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 173 S , überw. Kt
    ISBN: 066059871X
    Series Statement: Miscellaneous report / Geological Survey of Canada 59
    Language: English , French
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: DOI: 10.17875/gup2019-1154
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (339 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Göttinger Forstwissenschaften Band 8
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: 978-3-030-26732-2 (e-book) ; M 20. 93238
    Description / Table of Contents: Dedication -- Preface -- Chapter 1: Introduction -- Chapter 2: Introduction to Spherical Elementary Current Systems -- Chapter 3: Spherical Elementary Current Systems applied to Swarm data -- Chapter 4: Local least squares analysis of auroral current structures in multi-spacecraft data -- Chapter 5: Multi-spacecraft current estimates at Swarm -- Chapter 6: Applying the dual-spacecraft approach to the Swarm constellation for deriving radial current density. Chapter 7: Science data products for AMPERE -- Chapter 8: ESA Field Aligned Currents - Methodology Inter-Comparison Exercise -- Chapter 9: Spherical Cap Harmonic Analysis techniques for mapping high-latitude ionospheric plasma flow - Application to the Swarm satellite mission -- Chapter 10: Recent Progress on Inverse and Data Assimilation Procedure for High-Latitude Ionospheric Electrodynamics -- Chapter 11: Estimating currents and electric fields at low-latitudes from satellite magnetic measurements -- Chapter 12. Models of the main geomagnetic field based on multi-satellite magnetic data and gradients – Techniques and latest results from the Swarm mission -- Index
    Description / Table of Contents: This open access book provides a comprehensive toolbox of analysis techniques for ionospheric multi-satellite missions. The immediate need for this volume was motivated by the ongoing ESA Swarm satellite mission, but the tools that are described are general and can be used for any future ionospheric multi-satellite mission with comparable instrumentation. In addition to researching the immediate plasma environment and its coupling to other regions, such a mission aims to study the Earth’s main magnetic field and its anomalies caused by core, mantle, or crustal sources. The parameters for carrying out this kind of work are examined in these chapters. Besides currents, electric fields, and plasma convection, these parameters include ionospheric conductance, Joule heating, neutral gas densities, and neutral winds
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 288 p. 97 illus., 85 illus. in color)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2020
    ISBN: 9783030267322
    Series Statement: ISSI Scientific Report Series 17
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier Science
    Call number: 17/M 20.93246
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vii, 708 Seiten , Graphiken
    Edition: 2nd ed
    ISBN: 978-0-444-63709-6
    Classification:
    Chemistry
    Language: English
    Note: 1.1. The Early History of Glass; 1.2. Glass and Science; 1.3. The Discovery of Natural Melts; 1.4. The Physical Chemistry of Melts; 1.5. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 2. Glass Versus Melt; 2.1. Relaxation; 2.2. Glass Transition; 2.3. Configurational Properties; 2.4. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 3. Glasses and Melts vs. Crystals; 3.1. Basics of Silicate Structure 3.2. Thermodynamic Properties3.3. Liquid-Like Character of Crystals; 3.4. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 4. Melt and Glass Structure -- Basic Concepts; 4.1. Bond Length, Bond Angle, and Bond Strength in Silicates; 4.2. Network-Formers; 4.3. Network-Modifying Cations and Linkage between Structural Units; 4.4. Bonding, Composition and Effects on Melt Properties; 4.5 Mixing, Order, and Disorder; 4.6. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 5. Silica -- A Deceitful Simplicity; 5.1. An Outstanding Oxide; 5.2. Physical Properties; 5.3. Structure of SiO2 Glass and Melt 5.4. Effects of Pressure and Temperature5.5. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 6. Binary Metal Oxide-Silica Systems -- I. Physical Properties; 6.1. Phase Relationships; 6.2. Thermodynamics of Mixing; 6.3. Volume and Transport Properties; 6.4. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 7. Binary Metal Oxide-Silica Systems -- II. Structure; 7.1. Pseudocrystalline Models of Melt Structure; 7.2. Thermodynamic Modeling and Melt Structure; 7.3. Numerical Simulation of Melt Structure; 7.4. Structure from Direct Measurements; 7.5. Structure and Melt Properties; 7.6. Summary Remarks; References Chapter 8. Aluminosilicate Systems -- I. Physical Properties8.1. Phase Relationships; 8.2. Thermodynamics of Mixing; 8.3. Volume and Viscosity; 8.4. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 9. Aluminosilicate Systems -- II. Structure; 9.1. Binary Al2O3-Bearing Glasses and Melts; 9.2. Meta-Aluminosilicate Glasses and Melts (SiO2-M1/xAlO2); 9.3. Peralkaline Aluminosilicate Glasses and Melts; 9.4. Pressure and the Structure of Aluminosilicate Melts; 9.5. Structure and Properties of Aluminosilicate Melts; 9.6. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 10. Iron-bearing Melts -- I. Physical Properties 10.1 Ferrous and Ferric Iron10.2. Phase Equilibria; 10.3. Iron Redox Reactions; 10.4. Physical Properties; 10.5. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 11. Iron-bearing Melts -- II. Structure; 11.1. Ferric Iron; 11.2. Ferrous Iron; 11.3. Ferric and Ferrous Iron in Silicate Melts at High Temperature; 11.4. Iron in Silicate Melts and Glasses at High Pressure; 11.5. Summary Remarks; References; Chapter 12. The Titanium Anomalies; 12.1. Phase Relations and Glass Formation; 12.2. Physical Properties; 12.3. Structure of Titanosilicate Glasses and Melts; 12.4. High-Temperature Studies
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing
    Call number: M 20.93252
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a collection of ISRM suggested methods for testing or measuring properties of rocks and rock masses both in the laboratory and in situ, as well as for monitoring the performance of rock engineering structures. The first collection (Yellow Book) has been published in 1981. In order to provide access to all the Suggested Methods in one volume, the ISRM Blue Book was published in 2007 (by the ISRM via the Turkish National Group) and contains the complete set of Suggested Methods from 1974 to 2006 inclusive. The papers in this most recent volume have been published during the last seven years in international journals, mainly in Rock Mechanics and Rock Engineering. They offer guidance for rock characterization procedures and laboratory and field testing and monitoring in rock engineering. These methods provide a definitive procedure for the identification, measurement and evaluation of one or more qualities, characteristics or properties of rocks or rock systems that produces a test result.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 293 Seiten , Graphiken
    Edition: 1st ed. 2015
    ISBN: 978-3-319-36132-1
    Classification:
    Engineering
    Language: English
    Note: The present and future of rock testing: highlighting the ISRM suggested methods Laboratory testing Suggested method for determination of the Schmidt Hammer rebound hardness: revised version Suggested methods for determining the dynamic strength parameters and mode-I fracture toughness of rock materials Suggested method for the determination of mode II fracture toughness Suggested method for reporting rock laboratory test data in electronic format Upgraded suggested method for determining sound velocity by ultrasonic pulse transmission technique Suggested method for determining the abrasivity of rock by the Cerchar Abrasivity test Suggested method for determining the mode I static fracture toughness using semi-circular bend specimen Suggested methods for determining the creep characteristics of rock Suggested method for laboratory determination of the shear strength of rock joints: revised version Suggested method for the needle penetration test Field testing Suggested method for rock fractures observations using a borehole digital optical televiewer Suggested method for measuring rock mass displacement using a sliding micrometer Suggested method for step-rate injection method for fracture in-situ properties (SIMFIP): Using a 3-Components Borehole Deformation Sensor Suggested Methods for rock stress estimation—Establishing a model for the in situ stress at a given site Monitoring Suggested method for monitoring rock displacements using the global positioning system (GPS) Suggested methods for rock failure criteria: general introduction Introduction to suggested methods for failure criteria Mohr–Coulomb failure criterion The Hoek–Brown failure criterion Three-dimensional failure criteria based on the Hoek–Brown criterion Drucker-Prager criterion Lade and modified Lade 3D rock strength criteria A failure criterion for rocks based on true triaxial testing A survey of 3D laser scanning techniques for application to rock mechanics and rock engineering
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Non-book medium
    Non-book medium
    Heidelberg : Spektrum der Wissenschaft Verlagsgesellschaft
    Call number: (OCoLC)838497963
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: Online-Ressource (114 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Sterne und Weltraum 50.2011,5
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: M 20.93499
    Description / Table of Contents: Precipitation as the central meteorological feature for agriculture, water security, and human well-being amongst others, has gained special attention ever since. Lack of precipitation may have devastating effects such as crop failure and water scarcity. Abundance of precipitation, on the other hand, may as well result in hazardous events such as flooding and again crop failure. Thus, great effort has been spent on tracking changes in precipitation and relating them to underlying processes. Particularly in the face of global warming and given the link between temperature and atmospheric water holding capacity, research is needed to understand the effect of climate change on precipitation. The present work aims at understanding past changes in precipitation and other meteorological variables. Trends were detected for various time periods and related to associated changes in large-scale atmospheric circulation. The results derived in this thesis may be used as the foundation for attributing changes in floods to climate change.…
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 112 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Summary 1. Introduction 1.1 Background 1.1.1 Precipitation changes 1.1.2 Large-scale atmospheric patterns 1.2 Objectives and research questions 1.3 Thesis outline and author contribution High spatial and temporal organization of changes inprecipitation over Germany for 1951–2006 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data 2.3 Methods 2.3.1 Threshold between wet and dry days 2.3.2 Derivation of time series of precipitation characteristics 2.3.3 Trend analyses under consideration of temporal and spatial correlation 2.3.4 Visualization of results 2.4 Results and discussion 2.4.1 Changes in total precipitation 2.4.2 Changes in mean, variability, and heavy precipitation indicators 2.4.3 Transition probabilities 2.4.4 Seven-day precipitation amount with return period 100 years 2.5 Conclusions Can local climate variability be explained by weatherpatterns? A multi-station evaluation for the Rhine basin 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Data 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Weather pattern classification 3.3.2 Finding optimal classification parameters 3.3.3 Evaluation of classifications 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Stratification of local climate variables 3.4.2 Performance of GCMs 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 On the optimal classification 3.5.2 On the skill of GCMs 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Data availability 3.A Appendix Do changing weather types explain observed climatictrends in the Rhine basin? An analysis of within andbetween-type changes 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Data and weather pattern classification 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Relationship of WPs and large-scale circulation modes 4.3.2 Trend detection methods 4.3.3 Relative share of between- and within-type changes 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Attribution of WPs to large-scale circulation modes 4.4. 2Between-Type Changes 4.4.3 Within-Type Changes 4.4.4 Relative share of between- and within-type changes 4.5 Discussion and conclusions 4.A Appendix 4.S Supplementary Discussion and conclusions 5.1 Main results 5.2 Discussion and directions for further research 5.2.1 Weather pattern classification for downscaling 5.2.2 Limitations for downscaling 5.3 Concluding remarks Bibliography
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: M 20.93504
    Description / Table of Contents: The concept of hydrologic connectivity summarizes all flow processes that link separate regions of a landscape. As such, it is a central theme in the field of catchment hydrology, with influence on neighboring disciplines such as ecology and geomorphology. It is widely acknowledged to be an important key in understanding the response behavior of a catchment and has at the same time inspired research on internal processes over a broad range of scales. From this process-hydrological point of view, hydrological connectivity is the conceptual framework to link local observations across space and scales. This is the context in which the four studies this thesis comprises of were conducted. The focus was on structures and their spatial organization as important control on preferential subsurface flow. Each experiment covered a part of the conceptualized flow path from hillslopes to the stream: soil profile, hillslope, riparian zone, and stream. For each study site, the most characteristic structures of the investigated domain and scale, such as slope deposits and peat layers were identified based on preliminary or previous investigations or literature reviews. Additionally, further structural data was collected and topographical analyses were carried out. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xix, 223 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: M 20.93506
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Highlands of Sri Lanka, erosion and chemical weathering rates are among the lowest for global mountain denudation. In this tropical humid setting, highly weathered deep saprolite profiles have developed from high-grade metamorphic charnockite during spheroidal weathering of the bedrock. The spheroidal weathering produces rounded corestones and spalled rindlets at the rock-saprolite interface. I used detailed textural, mineralogical, chemical, and electron-microscopic (SEM, FIB, TEM) analyses to identify the factors limiting the rate of weathering front advance in the profile, the sequence of weathering reactions, and the underlying mechanisms. The first mineral attacked by weathering was found to be pyroxene initiated by in situ Fe oxidation, followed by in situ biotite oxidation. Bulk dissolution of the primary minerals is best described with a dissolution – re-precipitation process, as no chemical gradients towards the mineral surface and sharp structural boundaries are observed at the nm scale. Only the local oxidation in pyroxene and biotite is better described with an ion by ion process. The first secondary phases are oxides and amorphous precipitates from which secondary minerals (mainly smectite and kaolinite) form. Only for biotite direct solid state transformation to kaolinite is likely. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: ix, 107, XXIV Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: M 20.93505
    Description / Table of Contents: Active and passive source data from two seismic experiments within the interdisciplinary project TIPTEQ (from The Incoming Plate to mega Thrust EarthQuake processes) were used to image and identify the structural and petrophysical properties (such as P- and S-velocities, Poisson's ratios, pore pressure, density and amount of fluids) within the Chilean seismogenic coupling zone at 38.25°S, where in 1960 the largest earthquake ever recorded (Mw 9.5) occurred. Two S-wave velocity models calculated using traveltime and noise tomography techniques were merged with an existing velocity model to obtain a 2D S-wave velocity model, which gathered the advantages of each individual model. In a following step, P- and S-reflectivity images of the subduction zone were obtained using different pre stack and post-stack depth migration techniques. Among them, the recent prestack line-drawing depth migration scheme yielded revealing results. Next, synthetic seismograms modelled using the reflectivity method allowed, through their input 1D synthetic P- and S-velocities, to infer the composition and rocks within the subduction zone. Finally, an image of the subduction zone is given, jointly interpreting the results from this work with results from other studies. The Chilean seismogenic coupling zone at 38.25°S shows a continental crust with highly reflective horizontal, as well as (steep) dipping events. Among them, the Lanalhue Fault Zone (LFZ), which is interpreted to be east-dipping, is imaged to very shallow depths. ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xvi, 111 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: IASS 20.93439
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 255 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    ISBN: 9783946356134
    Series Statement: Wuppertal Spezial 55
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents current knowledge on chemistry and physics of Arctic atmosphere. Special attention is given to studies of the Arctic haze phenomenon, Arctic tropospheric clouds, Arctic fog, polar stratospheric and mesospheric clouds, atmospheric dynamics, thermodynamics and radiative transfer as related to the polar environment. The atmosphere-cryosphere feedbacks and atmospheric remote sensing techniques are presented in detail. The problems of climate change in the Arctic are also addressed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (723 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Dynamical Processes in the Arctic Atmosphere / Marius O. Jonassen, Dmitry Chechin, Alexey Karpechko,Christof Lüpkes, Thomas Spengler, Annick Tepstra, Timo Vihma,and Xiangdong Zhang 2 Thermodynamics of the Arctic Atmosphere / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Oxana Drofa, and Mauro Mazzola 3 Trace Gases in the Arctic Atmosphere / Kimberly Strong, William R. Simpson, Kristof Bognar,Rodica Lindenmaier, and Sébastien Roche 4 Arctic Aerosols / Roberto Udisti, Rita Traversi, Silvia Becagli, Claudio Tomasi,Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, and Patricia K. Quinn 5 A Climatological Overview of Arctic Clouds / Abhay Devasthale, Joseph Sedlar, Michael Tjernström,and Alexander Kokhanovsky 6 Arctic Ice Fog: Its Microphysics and Prediction / Ismail Gultepe, Andrew J. Heymsfield, and Martin Gallagher 7 Polar Stratospheric Clouds in the Arctic / Francesco Cairo and Tiziana Colavitto 8 Noctilucent Clouds: General Properties and Remote Sensing / Christian von Savigny, Gerd Baumgarten, and Franz-Josef Lübkenix 9 Remote Sensing of Arctic Atmospheric Aerosols / Alexander Kokhanovsky, Claudio Tomasi, Alexander Smirnov,Andreas Herber, Roland Neuber, André Ehrlich, Angelo Lupi, Boyan H. Petkov, Mauro Mazzola, Christoph Ritter, Carlos Toledano,Thomas Carlund, Vito Vitale, Brent Holben, Tymon Zielinski,Simon Bélanger, Pierre Larouche, Stefan Kinne, Vladimir Radionov,Manfred Wendisch, Jason L. Tackett, and David M. Winker 10 Radiation in the Arctic Atmosphere and Atmosphere –Cryosphere Feedbacks / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Angelo Lupi, Mauro Mazzola,Christian Lanconelli, and Ismail Gultepe 11 Climate Change in the Arctic / Torben Koenigk, Jeff Key, and Timo Vihma Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: ISBN 978-3-86856-013-8
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Wissenschaftsmanagement ist ein Integrationskonzept. Der Begriff bietet verschiedenen Ausprägungen eine Handlungsorientierung: So kann sich das Wissenschaftsmanagement in einem Hochschul-, Instituts-, Cluster- und ebenso in einem Forschungsmanagement zeigen. Sogar auf der individuellen Ebene einer Forscherin oder eines Forschers können die fachlichen und persönlichen Belange professionell unter Hilfestellung eines Wissenschaftsmanagements gestaltet werden. Die Publikation verbindet zwei Praxisebenen: Zum einen behandeln die über 60 Autorinnen und Autoren im Sinne eines Handbuches alle Dimensionen des Wissenschaftsmanagements anschaulich, gut recherchiert und aus der Mitte ihrer langjährigen Erfahrungen heraus. Zum anderen schließen alle Beiträge und Case-Beschreibungen konsequent mit einem Kommentar und weiterführenden Empfehlungen. Diese persönliche Sicht macht den besonderen Reiz aus. Denn damit gelingt eine Integration bewährter Praxis in die Lebens- und Arbeitswelt der Leserinnen und Leser. Das Buch richtet sich an Studierende in einschlägigen Weiterbildungsprogrammen, Wissenschaftler und Administratorinnen gleichermaßen. Die Leitungsebenen in Universitäten, Hochschulen und nicht universitärer Forschungseinrichtungen sowie Forschungsabteilungen in Unternehmen finden darin wertvolle und in dieser Komplexität bislang nicht aufbereitete Fachinformationen.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 912 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme , 24 cm
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783868560138
    Series Statement: Edition Wissenschaftsmanagement 9
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496
    Description / Table of Contents: Faults commonly trap fluids such as hydrocarbons and water and therefore are of economic significance. During hydrocarbon field development, smaller faults can provide baffles and/or conduits to flow. There are relatively simple, well established workflows to carry out a fault seal analysis for siliciclastic rocks based primarily on clay content. There are, however, outstanding challenges related to other rock types, to calibrating fault seal models (with static and dynamic data) and to handling uncertainty. The variety of studies presented here demonstrate the types of data required and workflows followed in today's environment in order to understand the uncertainties, risks and upsides associated with fault-related fluid flow. These studies span all parts of the hydrocarbon value chain from exploration to production but are also of relevance for other industries such as radioactive waste and CO2 containment.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786204592 , 9781786205315
    Series Statement: Geological Society of London Special Publications 496
    Language: English
    Note: Integrated Fault Seal Analysis: An Introduction / Steven R. Ogilvie, Steve J. Dee, Robert W. Wilson and Wayne R. Bailey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 1-8, 7 May 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2020-51 --- Fault seal behaviour in Permian Rotliegend reservoir sequences: case studies from the Dutch Southern North Sea / K. van Ojik, A. Silvius, Y. Kremer and Z. K. Shipton / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 9-38, 13 November 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-189 --- An experimental and numerical investigation on the hydromechanical behaviour of carbonate fault zones upon reactivation: the impact of carbonate mud sealing layers and overall research outcomes / M. Nogueira Kiewiet, C. Lima, A. Giwelli, C. Delle Piane, V. Lemiale, L. Esteban, F. Falcao, M. B. Clennell, J. Dautriat, L. Kiewiet, J. Raimon, S. Kager and D. Dewhurst / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 39-73, 8 November 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-153 --- Fault failure modes, deformation mechanisms, dilation tendency, slip tendency, and conduits v. seals / David A. Ferrill, Kevin J. Smart and Alan P. Morris / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 75-98, 16 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2019-7 --- Fault zone architecture and its scaling laws: where does the damage zone start and stop? / A. Torabi, T. S. S. Ellingsen, M. U. Johannessen, B. Alaei, A. Rotevatn and D. Chiarella / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 99-124, 11 October 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-151 --- Fault fictions: systematic biases in the conceptualization of fault-zone architecture / Z. K. Shipton, J. J. Roberts, E. L. Comrie, Y. Kremer, R. J. Lunn and J. S. Caine / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 125-143, 16 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-161 --- Validation and analysis procedures for juxtaposition and membrane fault seals in oil and gas exploration / Titus A. Murray, William L. Power, Anthony J. Johnson, Greg J. Christie and David R. Richards / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 145-161, 11 November 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-171 --- Stochastic modelling of fault gouge zones: implications for fault seal analysis / Neil T. Grant / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 163-197, 24 October 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-135 --- Efficient handling of fault properties using the Juxtaposition Table Method / Tor Anders Knai and Guillaume Lescoffit / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 199-207, 23 March 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-192 --- A knowledge database of hanging-wall traps that are dependent on fault-rock seal / Peter G. Bretan, Graham Yielding and Einar Sverdrup / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 209-222, 27 September 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-157 --- Subsurface observations of deformation bands and their impact on hydrocarbon production within the Holstein Field, Gulf of Mexico, USA / Scott J. Wilkins, Russell K. Davies and Steve J. Naruk / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 223-252, 11 October 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-139 --- Enhancing trap and fault seal analyses by integrating observations from HR3D seismic data with well logs and conventional 3D seismic data, Texas inner shelf / Johnathon L. Osmond and Timothy A. Meckel / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 253-279, 19 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-201
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499
    In: Geological Society special publication
    Description / Table of Contents: Senior managers and Heads of Geological Survey Organizations (GSOs) from around the world have contributed a collection of papers to provide a benchmark on how GSOs are responding to national and international needs in a rapidly changing world. GSOs continue to provide key scientific information about Earth systems, natural hazards and climate change. As countries adopt sustainable development principles and the public increasingly turns to social media to find information about resource and environmental issues, the generation and communication of Earth science knowledge become increasingly important. This volume provides a snapshot of how GSOs are adapting their activities to this changing world. The different national perspectives presented converge around several common themes related to resources, environment and big data. Climate change and the UN's Sustainable Development Goals provide an increased incentive for GSOs of the world to work in harmony, to generate knowledge of Earth systems and to provide solutions for sustainable management of the planet.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (305 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786204769 (print)
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication 499
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: The changing role of Geological Surveys: introduction / Philip R. Hill, Daniel Lebel, Murray Hitzman, Morten Smelror and Harvey Thorleifson / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 1-15, 14 September 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2020-19 --- Geology for society in 2058: some down-to-earth perspectives / Morten Smelror / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 17-47, 10 March 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-40 --- Geological Survey of Canada 8.0: mapping the journey towards predictive geoscience / Daniel Lebel / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 49-68, 16 January 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-79 --- Where is geoscience going? / John Ludden / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 69-77, 23 July 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-212 --- Challenges for geological surveys deriving from global megatrends: The Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources of Germany's perspective and answers / Ralph Watzel / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 79-83, 13 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-41 --- The changing role of geological surveys in Malaysia / Shahar Effendi Abdullah Azizi, Nan-Ley Ling, Say-Gee Sia and Brendawati Ismail / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 85-97, 16 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-55 --- Seabed mapping in Norwegian waters: programmes, technologies and future advances / Terje Thorsnes, Ole Arve Misund and Morten Smelror / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 99-118, 10 March 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-69 --- Relevant and flexible geosurveys: how Geological Survey Ireland is adapting / Koen Verbruggen, Aoife K. Braiden, Monica Lee, Ray Scanlon, Sean Cullen and Sean Finlay / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 119-128, 27 April 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-150 --- EuroGeoSurveys: from a non-profit association to a geological service for Europe / J. Vidovic, Y. Schavemaker, T. Witteman, J. Tulstrup, S. van Gessel, K. Piessens and S. Solar / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 129-137, 7 January 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-47 --- The fundamental and pioneering role of the Geological Survey in China's social development / Guangsheng Yan, Liangjun Lin, Shoumai Ren and Yu Situ / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 139-142, 2 September 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-204 --- How to demonstrate the role of geology in a modern society: the case of Lithuania, where geology is not visible / Jonas Satkūnas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 143-147, 13 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-57 --- The Geological Survey of Finland strengthening its role as a key player in mineral raw materials innovation ecosystems / Pekka A. Nurmi / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 149-163, 6 February 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-83 --- The Geological Survey of Denmark and Greenland (GEUS): from classical geological services to long-term environmental monitoring programmes, energy transformation and advice on political sensitive topics / Flemming G. Christiansen and Flemming Larsen / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 165-172, 7 January 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-118 --- How the Geological Survey of Sweden contributes digital data for sustainable development / Lena Söderberg, Lars-Kristian Stölen, Jakob Levén, Lovisa Zillén Snowball and Helge Reginiussen / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 173-182, 7 January 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-43 --- Changing roles of State Geological Surveys in the USA: experiences from Illinois / Andrew J. Stumpf, Richard C. Berg and B. Brandon Curry / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 183-201, 31 January 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-128 --- The modern geological survey: a model for research, innovation, synthesis. A USGS perspective / Suzette Kimball, M. Goldhaber, J. Baron and V. Labson / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 203-211, 30 April 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-250 --- Geological surveys as research-focused organizations: New Zealand's experience and opportunities / Mark Rattenbury, Gill Jolly, Peter Benfell and Robert Smillie / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 213-223, 7 January 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-63 --- A new international initiative for facilitating data-driven Earth science transformation / Qiuming Cheng, Roland Oberhänsli and Molei Zhao / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 225-240, 14 May 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-158 --- From the Geological Committee of Russia to the Russian Geological Research Institute: solving problems of state geological mapping / Oleg V. Petrov / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 241-256, 10 March 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-123 --- The UNESCO–IUGS International Geoscience Programme (IGCP) in the service of society since 1972 / K. Heirman and O. Adiyaman Lopes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 257-265, 13 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-73 --- Building the future of the geoscience community in Asia: CCOP beyond history and borders / Young Joo Lee, Dhiti Tulyatid, Marivic Uzarraga, Jisoo Kwak and Juhee Seo / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 261-281, 30 June 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2019-215 --- Epilogue – The rhymes, musings and riddles of the International Community of Geological Surveys (ICOGS) / Daniel Lebel and Philip R. Hill / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 499, 283-294, 14 September 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP499-2
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: M 20.94085
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: v, 146 Seiten , Graphiken
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(489)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 489
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 320 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-78620-446-2
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 489
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(499)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 499
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 305 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-78620-476-9
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 499
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: 9783836283793 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (425 Seiten)
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783836283793
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort TEIL I Wie mache ich meine Behörde fit für Social Media? »Wie viel Personal kostet das?« - Die drängendste Frage der Behördenleitung 1.1 Was tun Social-Media-Verantwortliche in Behörden? Eine Aufgabenbeschreibung 1.1.1 Community Management (30 %) 1.1.2 Beiträge vorbereiten und posten (30 %) 1.1.3 Interne Kommunikation (20 %) 1.1.4 Strategie und Weiterentwicklung (5 %) 1.1.5 Organisation und Rechtliches (5 %) 1.1.6 Lernen und Fortbildung (5 %) 1.1.7 Projekte (5 %) 1.2 Wie ermittle ich den Personalbedarf für meine Behörde? 1.3 Können mir Dienstleister bei der Arbeit helfen? 2 Welche Talente brauche ich für mein Social-Media-Team? 2.1 Welche Kompetenzen muss man haben, um in einer Behörde Social Media zu machen? 2.2 Interne Personalsuche 2.3 Externe Personalsuche 3 Social-Media-Manager sind genauso wichtig wie Pressesprecher 4 Wie organisiere ich mein Social-Media-Team? 4.1 Der Behörden-Newsroom 4.1.1 Was der Behörden-Newsroom nicht ist 4.1.2 Was der Behörden-Newsroom stattdessen ist 4.1.3 So ist der Behörden-Newsroom aufgebaut 4.1.4 So arbeitet der Behörden-Newsroom 4.1.5 Das Neuigkeitenzimmer - Ein Erfahrungsbericht 4.2 Die behördliche Social-Media-Redaktion 4.2.1 Einbindung in die Behörden-Hierarchie 4.2.2 Struktur und Abläufe 4.2.3 Abstimmungs- und Freigabeprozesse 4.2.4 Budget und Arbeitsmittel 4.3 Was kann ich als »Ein-Personen-Team« schaffen? 5 Social Media ist auch interne Kommunikation 5.1 Zusammenarbeit mit der Behördenleitung 5.2 Zusammenarbeit mit den Fachabteilungen 5.3 Zusammenarbeit mit anderen wichtigen Stellen im Haus TEIL II Social Media ist die Bürgerkommunikation von heute Müssen wir da etwa antworten? 6.1 Der richtige Umgang mit Kommentaren und Nachrichten auf Social-Media-Kanälen 6.2 Netiquette: Wie stelle ich als Amt Diskussionsregeln auf und setze sie durch? 6.3 Community Management: Leitlinien für Behörden 6.3.1 Du oder Sie? 6.3.2 Wem darf ich als Behörde in sozialen Netzwerken folgen? 6.3.3 Welche Inhalte von anderen darf ich teilen? 6.4 Wochenend-Dienst wegen Social Media? 7 »Social Amt«: Wie ich als Behörde Beziehungen zu meinen Zielgruppen aufbaue 7.1 Netzwerken in sozialen Netzwerken 7.2 Ihr Profil ist Ihre Visitenkarte 7.3 Content is King 7.4 Follower-Treffen und Instawalks 7.5 Die wichtigste Zutat: Glaubwürdigkeit 8 Was tun, wenn ein »Shitstorm« kommt? 8.1 Wie kann man einem Shitstorm vorbeugen? 8.2 Überlebensplan bei einem Shitstorm 9 Wie gehe ich als Behörde mit Hass im Netz um? 9.1 Wie ich auf Verschwörungstheorien reagieren sollte 9.2 Muss ich bei strafrechtlich relevanten Inhalten Anzeige erstatten? TEIL III Die perfekte Social-Media-Strategie für meine Behörde 10 Wofür möchte meine Behörde Social Media nutzen? 10.1 Ziel und Zweck meiner Präsenz in sozialen Netzwerken bestimmen 10.2 Wie kann ich den Nutzen von Social Media für meine Behörde messen? 11 Meine Zielgruppen besser kennenlernen 11.1 Community-Aufbau: Wen möchten wir als Behörde ansprechen? 11.2 Wie lerne ich die Interessen unserer Zielgruppen besser kennen? 11.2.1 Toolgestützte Online-Analyse 11.2.2 Analyse ohne Hilfsmittel 11.2.3 Zielgruppenbefragung 12 Welches soziale Netzwerk passt zu meiner Behörde? 12.1 Facebook: Das Massenmedium 12.2 Instagram: Der (noch) hippe Kanal 12.3 Twitter: Das Politik-Netzwerk 12.4 XING oder nicht XING, das ist hier die Frage 12.5 LinkedIn: das Business-Facebook 12.6 YouTube: Lineares Fernsehen war gestern 12.7 TikTok: Müssen wir als Behörde jetzt auch noch singen und tanzen? 12.8 Von Podcast bis Clubhouse: Audio ist im Trend 13 Trockene Behörden-Themen spannend erzählen 13.1 Die fünf wichtigsten Social-Media-Formate für Ämter 13.2 Wie ich Inhalte finde, die unsere Follower begeistern 13.3 Storytelling für Behörden: Geschichten statt Pressemitteilungen 13.3.1 Storytelling lernen von einem Jahrhundert-Journalisten 13.3.2 Wie wird ein Amts-Inhalt zu einer guten Story? 13.3.3 Fotos, Grafiken und Videos: Wie ich Behörden-Botschaften zum Leben erwecke 13.3.4 Bloß kein Amtsdeutsch: Texten für Social Media 13.4 Wie ich einen Social-Media-Redaktionsplan aufstelle und damit Arbeitszeit spare TEIL IV Mit Social Media sicher durch die Krise 14 Was unterscheidet Krisenkommunikation vom Social-Media-Tagesgeschäft? 15 Was Behörden aus der Corona-Krise kommunikativ lernen können 16 Mit der richtigen Vorbereitung sicher durch die Krise 16.1 Wie Sie einen Krisenkommunikationsplan für Social Media aufstellen 16.2 Checkliste: Mit Social Media sicher durch die Krise TEIL V So werde ich Behörden-Influencer 17 Corporate Influencer in Behörden 17.1 Strategischer Einsatz von Behörden-Botschaftern: Warum ich meinem Amt viele Gesichter geben sollte 17.2 Wie ich Behörden-Botschafter am besten unterstütze 17.3 Wie kann ich Behörden-Botschafter*in werden? 18 Behördenleiter-Kommunikation auf Social Media 18.1 Wie überzeuge ich meine Chefin oder meinen Chef zu twittern? 18.2 Personal Branding: Wie ich mich als behördliche Führungskraft richtig in sozialen Netzwerken positioniere TEIL VI Best Practice: Von den besten Ämtern lernen 19 Polizei Sachsen: Verdächtig gute Kommunikation 20 Land Schleswig-Holstein: Azubis als Instagram-Stars 21 Der österreichische Bundespräsident und sein Team: Social-Media-Star mit 77 Jahren 22 Stadt Nürnberg: Die Foto-Community 23 Land Brandenburg: Mit Herz und Humor auf Facebook 24 Stadtbibliothek Erlangen: Idee schlägt Budget Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: 9783830543152 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (692 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9783830543152
    Series Statement: Hochschul- und Wissenschaftsforschung Halle-Wittenberg
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Intro Verzeichnis der Tafeln Abkürzungsverzeichnis Zentrale Ergebnisse A | 30 Jahre Aufarbeitung, Erforschung und Dokumentation der Naturwissenschaften in SBZ, DDR und Ostdeutschland 1. Die Strukturen der Naturwissenschaften in der DDR 1.1. Institutionenlandschaft 1.1.1. Öffentliche Hochschulen 1.1.2. Akademien 1.1.3. Industrieforschung 1.1.4. Weitere Einrichtungen 1.1.5. Die Landschaft im Überblick 1.2. Ausstattungen 1.2.1. Personal 1.2.2. Hochschulbau 1.2.3. Hochschulmedizin 1.2.4. Hochschul- und Akademieforschung vs. Industrieforschung 2. Naturwissenschaften und Politik in der DDR 2.1. 40er und 50er Jahre 2.2. 60er Jahre 2.3. 70er Jahre 2.4. 80er Jahre 3. Das Umbruchsjahr 1989/90 und die Umbauprozesse in den 90er Jahren 3.1. Das 41. Jahr der DDR 3.1.1. Der Aufbruch und die Wissenschaft 3.1.2. Beispiel Medizinische Fakultäten 3.2. Strukturen - Personalstrukturen - Personal 3.2.1. Integritätsprüfungen 3.2.2. Fachliche Überprüfungen 3.2.3. Strukturumbauten 3.2.4. Der strukturgebundene Personalumbau 3.2.5. Kulturelle Dimension 4. Forschung, Dokumentation und Erinnerung seit 1990 4.1. Bearbeitungsanlässe und begünstigende Umstände 4.2. Drei Zugänge 4.2.1. Fächer und Forschungsfelder 4.2.2. Personen 4.2.3. Institutionelle Erinnerungspolitik 4.3. Strategien der Geschichtspolitik: sechs Beispiele naturwissenschaftlich geprägter Hochschulen 4.3.1. TU Dresden: Das Selbstbewusstsein der Ingenieure 4.3.2. BTU Cottbus-Senftenberg: Bauliche Zeitzeugenpflege in einem geschichtslosen Umfeld 4.3.3. TU Bergakademie Freiberg: Wissenschaftliche Aufarbeitung bei zurückhaltender Ergebniskommunikation 4.3.4. Hochschule Mittweida: "Eine Marketingstrategie aus unserem Archiv aufgebaut" 4.3.5. Ernst-Abbe-Hochschule Jena: Stunde Null 4.3.6. Hochschule Wismar: Tradition in Anekdoten 4.4. Querschnittsthemen im Spiegel der Literatur seit 1990 4.4.1. Widerständigkeit und Opposition 4.4.2. Studium 4.4.3. Kommunikationsstrukturen 4.4.4. Thematische Überraschungen 4.4.5. Skandalisierungen nach 1990 4.4.6. Komparative Darstellungen 4.4.7. Belletristik vor und nach 1990 4.5. Prägende inhaltliche Differenzen in der Literaturlandschaft 5. Resümee 5.1. (Natur-)Wissenschaft und Politik in der DDR 5.2. (Natur-)Wissenschaft und Politik nach der DDR 5.3. 1.900 Bücher in drei Jahrzehnten 5.4. Mehr tun? Das zeitgeschichtliche Instrumentarium für Fakultäten, Institute, Kliniken und Fachgesellschaften Literaturnachweise zu Teil A B | Bibliografische Dokumentation 0. Zum Aufbau der Bibliografie B-I. SBZ und DDR: 1945-1989 1. Fächerübergreifendes 1.1. Übersichten und Statistisches 1.2. Einzelthemen übergreifende Darstellungen 1.3. Spezielle fächerübergreifende Themen und Forschungsfelder 1.3.1. Naturwissenschaftliche Reparationsleistungen in der Sowjetunion 1.3.2. Wissenschafts- und Technologiespionage 1.3.3. Das MfS in den DDR-Naturwissenschaften 1.3.4. Geschichtsschreibung zu Naturwissenschaften, Medizin und Technik 1.3.5. Wissenschaftsforschung (Science of Science) 1.3.6. Die wissenschaftliche Kommunikation und ihre Infrastrukturen 1.3.7. Pädagogik und Didaktik der Mathematik, Natur- und Ingenieurwissenschaften 1.4. Akademien, fächerübergreifend 1.4.1. Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR 1.4.2. Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina 1.4.3. Sächsische Akademie der Wissenschaften 1.5. Fächerübergreifendes zu einzelnen Standorten 2. Mathematik 3. Kybernetik 4. Informatik, Rechentechnik, Mikroelektronik 5. Physik, Astronomie 6. Chemie 7. Geowissenschaften, Meteorologie 8. Agrar- und Umweltwissenschaften 8.1. Allgemeines 8.2. Akademie der Landwirtschaftswissenschaften und ihre Institute 8.3. Akademie der Wissenschaften 8.4. Agrarwissenschaften an Hochschulen 9. Veterinärmedizin, Tierseuchenforschung 10. Biowissenschaften 10.1. Allgemeines 10.2. Zoologie 10.3. Botanik 10.4. Biochemie, Mikrobiologie, Genetik 11. Sportwissenschaft 12. Psychologie 12.1. Allgemeines 12.2. Hochschulen 12.3. Subdisziplinen und spezielle Themen 13. Akademische Medizin 13.1. Einzelfächer Übergreifendes 13.1.1. Allgemeines 13.1.2. Medizinstudium und -studierende 13.1.3. Standorte 13.2. Fächer 13.2.1. Anatomie 13.2.2. Pathologie, Gerichtliche Medizin 13.2.3. Innere Medizin 13.2.4. Chirurgie 13.2.5. Urologie 13.2.6. Radiologie und Strahlentherapie 13.2.7. Kinder- und Jugendmedizin 13.2.8. Frauenheilkunde und Geburtshilfe 13.2.9. Dermatologie und Venerologie 13.2.10. Pharmazie, Pharmakologie, Toxikologie 13.2.11. Sportmedizin und Dopingforschung 13.2.12. Neurowissenschaften, Psychiatrie, klinische Psychologie 13.2.13. Arbeitsmedizin, Sozialhygiene, Sozialmedizin 13.2.14. Militärmedizin 13.2.15. Zahnmedizin, Kieferorthopädie und -chirurgie 13.2.16. Krankenpflege, Pflege- und Medizinpädagogik 13.2.17. Medizinethik 13.2.18. Sonstige Fächer 14. Ingenieurwissenschaften 14.1. Einzelfächer Übergreifendes 14.1.1. Allgemeines 14.1.2. Standorte 14.1.3. Wissenschaftlicher Gerätebau 14.1.4. Offiziershochschulen 14.2. Maschinenbau 14.3. Elektrotechnik, Elektronik 14.4. Verfahrenstechnik 14.5. Bauingenieurwesen, Architektur, Stadt- und Raumplanungsforschung 14.6. Weitere Fächer und Forschungsfelder 14.7. Ein Sonderfall: Karl Hans Janke B-II. Das Transformationsjahrzehnt: 1990-2000 15. Fächergruppenübergreifendes 16. Naturwissenschaften 16.1. Regional Übergreifendes 16.2. Wissenschaftsratsempfehlungen 16.3. Berlin 16.4. Brandenburg 16.5. Mecklenburg-Vorpommern 16.6. Sachsen 16.7. Sachsen-Anhalt 16.8. Thüringen 17. Akademische Medizin 17.1. Allgemeines 17.2. Wissenschaftsratsempfehlungen 17.3. Einzelne Standorte 18. Ingenieurwissenschaften, Entwicklung des Innovationssystems, Industrieforschung 18.1. Länderübergreifendes 18.2. Berlin 18.3. Brandenburg 18.4. Mecklenburg-Vorpommern 18.5. Sachsen 18.6. Sachsen-Anhalt 18.7. Thüringen Personenregister Autor.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: 9783658070557 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Werk stellt die Vorteile und Möglichkeiten der Teilzeitführung für Unternehmen dar. Praxisnah und durch Fallbeispiele erläutert, werden Rahmenbedingungen und Gestaltungsmöglichkeiten von Teilzeitführung beschrieben, typische Probleme identifiziert und praktische Empfehlungen für Personaler und Führungskräfte herausgearbeitet. Im Führungskräftebereich wird Teilzeitarbeit im deutschsprachigen Raum noch selten genutzt. Immer mehr Unternehmen setzen sich jedoch mit den Vorteilen einer flexiblen Arbeitszeitgestaltung auseinander und treiben das Thema mit strategischen Konzepten wie bspw. Teilzeitquoten oder expliziten Teilzeitprogrammen für Führungskräfte voran. Dabei kommen ganz unterschiedliche Arbeitszeitmodelle von Jobsharing bis zu vollzeitnaher Teilzeit zum Einsatz. Das Buch zeigt aktuelle Konzepte aus Unternehmen und diskutiert kritisch Parameter einer erfolgreichen Umsetzung.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (262 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658070557 (e-book)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Teil I Grundlagen und Rahmenbedingungen der Teilzeitführung 1 Führen in Teilzeit - Zum Stand der Dinge in Theorie und Praxis / Anja Karlshaus und Boris Kaehler 2 Führung in Teilzeit? - Eine empirische Analyse zur Verbreitung von Teilzeitarbeit unter Führungskräften in Deutschland und Europa / Stefan Stuth und Lena Hipp 3 Zur familienpolitischen Bedeutung von Führung in flexiblen Arbeitsmodellen / Dilek Kolat und Andrea Schirmacher 4 Arbeitsrechtliche Rahmenbedingungen der Teilzeitführung / Kara Preedy 5 Chancengleichheit zwischen Teilzeit- und Vollzeitführungskräften / Günther Vedder und Margit Vedder 6 Reduzierte Arbeitszeit in Führungspositionen: Empirische Befunde und Erfolgsfaktoren in der 360-Grad-Perspektiv / Nina Bessing, Marc Gärtner und Katharina Schiederig 7 Implementierung von Teilzeitführung / Angela Fauth-Herkner und Stefanie Wiebrock 8 Chancen und Risiken bei der Implementierung von Teilzeitführung / Desiree H. Ladwig und Michel E. Domsch 9 Persönliche Kompetenzen und unterstützende Rahmenbedingungen für eine gelungene Teilzeitführung / Gerda Köster 10 Teilzeitführung - Grenzen und kritische Aspekte / Oliver Stettes Teil II Organisationsbeispiele aus der Praxis 11 Praxisbeispiel Barmenia Versicherungen: Teilzeitführung als Prozess / Ulrike Rüß 12 Praxisbeispiel Commerzbank AG: Top-Sharing und das Vertretermodell / Angelika Bauernfeind, Sabine Prößl und Alexandra Warkus 13 Praxisbeispiel Daimler AG: Teilzeitführung als Bestandteil eines umfassenden Diversity-Management-Ansatzes / Angela Lechner 14 Praxisbeispiel EY: Flexibilität und individuelle Ausgestaltung als Erfolgsvoraussetzung / Isabell Galvagni und Eva Voß 15 Praxisbeispiel HUK-COBURG: Teilzeitführung im Rahmen einer familienbewussten Unternehmens- und Personalpolitik / Sarah Rössler und Grit Renning 16 Praxisbeispiel Polizei: Eine Frage der Balance / Andrea Jochmann- Döll 17 Praxisbeispiel der Stadt Köln: Teilzeitführung als Instrument zur Förderung der Gendergerechtigkeit / Christine Kronenberg 18 Praxisbeispiel TUI Deutschland GmbH: Der Weg von der Anwesenheits- zur Performancekultur / Christian Meyenberg und Christoph Schinner Sachverzeichnis
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: 9783658130961 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (152 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658130961 (e-book)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung Literatur 2 Bauprojekte sind auch Kommunikationsbaustellen 2.1 Aufbau und Erhaltung einer Informationskultur im Projektteam 2.2 Veränderung im öffentlichen Raum schafft Kommunikationsbedarf 2.3 Problemlösung durch integrierte Kommunikation 2.4 Organisatorische Einbindung der Kommunikation in das Projektmanagement 2.5 Kommunikatoren nach innen und außen 2.6 Prozessorientiertes Phasenmodell 2.7 Umfeldanalyse zur Eruierung kritischer Themen 2.8 Festlegung der Kommunikationsstrategie 2.9 Ziele und Dialoggruppen 2.10 Das Bauprojekt bewusst positionieren 2.11 Einheitliche Botschaften nach innen und außen vermitteln 2.12 Strategische Planung des Maßnahmenkatalogs Literatur 3 Interne Kommunikation 3.1 Aufgabenstellungen der internen Kommunikation 3.2 Ratio und Empathie: Die Projektkultur entwickeln 3.3 Formelle und informelle interne Kommunikation 3.4 Formelles Informationsmanagement 3.5 Informeller Informationsaustausch 3.6 Instrumente der internen Kommunikation 3.7 Synchrone Kommunikationsmittel 3.8 Asynchrone Kommunikationsmittel Literatur 4 Externe Kommunikation 4.1 Das Modell PESO 4.2 Bezahlte Medienauftritte (Paid Content) 4.2.1 Advertorials 4.2.2 Baureportagen in Bewegtbildern 4.2.3 Gesponserte Blogbeiträge 4.3 Berichterstattung in den klassischen Medien (Eamed Content) 4.3.1 Basispressemappe als Faktensammlung 4.3.2 Media-Newsroom als Informationsdrehscheibe für Journalisten 4.3.3 Laufende Information über Medienmitteilungen 4.3.4 Pressekonferenzen schaffen persönliche Beziehungen 4.3.5 Einzelgespräche mit Journalisten 4.3.6 Individuelle Publikationen in Fachmedien 4.3.7 Bilder lassen Architektur im Gedächtnis bleiben 4.4 Widerhall in den sozialen Netzwerken (Shared Content) 4.5 Das Bauprojekt in der Selbstdarstellung (Owned Content) 4.5.1 Die Projektwebsite als Kommunikationsdrehscheibe 4.5.2 Stakeholder mit Newslettern am Laufenden halten 4.5.3 Corporate Publishing signalisiert Qualität 4.5.4 Informationspavillon als Ort für Einblicke und Auskünfte 4.5.5 Veranstaltungen Literatur 5 Vorsorgemaßnahmen gegen mögliche Krisen Literatur 6 Ansichten und Einsichten von Experten 6.1 Architekturkritiker und -joumalisten 6.1.1 Axel Simon: Vorsichtskultur der Schweiz führt zu Partizipationsverfahren 6.1.2 Walter Laser: Exklusivität als Türöffner für Fachmedien 6.1.3 Jakob Schoof: Visuelles entscheidet über Berichterstattung 6.2 Kommunikationsverantwortliche von Bauherren 6.2.1 Emst Eichinger: Die Projektdatenbank des größten Bauherrn Österreichs 6.2.2 Johanna Griesmayr: Direkte Kommunikation Online und über Ombudsleute 6.2.3 Peter Klinglmüller: Kommunikativer Hype um das neue grün-weiße Rapid-Stadion 6.3 Projektmanager 6.3.1 Jürgen Laukemper: Bauherren mit einer ausgeprägten Kommunikationskultur tun sich leichter 6.3.2 Andreas Gobiet: Kommunikation gehört Bautechnikem schon in der Ausbildung als Grundelement vermittelt 6.3.3 Wolfgang Kradischnig: Die Währung in einem Projekt ist Vertrauen 6.3.4 Hans Lechner: Planung und Architektur sind keine nonverbalen Kulturleistungen 6.3.5 Arnold Schmitzer: Die sieben Todsündenbeim Bauen 6.3.6 Verena Zybell: Ampelsignale steuern durch Projektengstellen Literatur 7 Resümee Weiterführende Literatur
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: 9783110403183 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (540 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Reference
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Bibliothek als Bauaufgabe Bibliothek als architektonische Aufgabe : Von der Entwicklung der Gebäudetypologie und der Verschiebung der Schwerpunkte in der Bibliotheksarchitektur / Marina Stankovic und Tobias Jortzick Herausragende Bibliotheksbauten der vergangenen zehn Jahre - eine Aufforderung / Ulrich Niederer Die Grüne Bibliothek : ökologische Nachhaltigkeit bei Bibliotheksbau und -ausstattung / Melanie Padilla Segarra und Petra Hauke Standortwahl / Konrad Umlauf Außenraumtypologien an Bibliotheken / Irene Lohaus Verfahrensschritte zur Realisierung eines innovativen Bauvorhabens : Das Beispiel des Gemeinsamen Bibliotheksgebäudes von Universität und Hochschule Osnabrück auf dem Campus Westerberg / Felicitas Hundhausen Flächenbedarf von Hochschulbibliotheken / Bernd Vogel Bibliotheken bauen im Bestand Bibliotheksbau im Bestand - oder: Die Liebe zum Unikat / Robert Niess Modernisierung und Sanierung von Bibliotheksbauten : Aus einem bestehenden Gebäude etwas Neues machen / Oliver Kohl-Frey Sanierung und Neukonzeption bestehender Bausubstanz : Das Beispiel der Universitätsbibliothek Konstanz / Michael B. Frank Nachnutzung versus Neubau : Das Beispiel RW21 Stadtbibliothek Bayreuth / Jörg Weinreich Räume gestalten Lernräume der Zukunft - Perspektiven junger Gestalter / Klaus Ulrich Werner Die Schulbibliothek / Birgit Lücke und Angelika Flolderried Die Jugendbibliothek : Erlebnis- und Kommunikationsort / Kerstin Keller-Loibl Die Kinderbibliothek / Sabine Brunner Makerspaces - Bibliotheksräume für Macher / Gabriela Lüthi-Esposito Das zukunftsfähige Bib-Office / Jutta Eiberger Barrierefreiheit - eine Herausforderung?! / Särka Vonskovä Umgebungsbedingung: Licht Bodenbeläge für Bibliotheken / Roman Rabe Partizipatives Gestalten / Jens llg und Robert Zepf Bibliothekstechnik Leitsysteme - Funktion und Entwicklungsprozesse / Anna-Katharina Huth RFID und moderne technische Infrastruktur / Frank Seeliger, Jan Kissigund Ricardo Frommholz Präsentation digitaler Medien im physischen Raum / Janin Präßler Hochregallager - ein neuer Weg der Magazinierung : Die Kooperative Speicherbibtiothek Schweiz. Eine Luzerner Fallgeschichte mit Exkursen / Ulrich Niederer Brandschutz, Sicherheit und Notfallvorsorge / Milena Pfafferott Klimaregulierung : Bau- und Klimakonzepte für Räume zur Aufbewahrung, Nutzung und Präsentation von Altbeständen / Christine Sauer Management im Kontext von Bauprojekten Bibliotheksumzug / Martin Lee Change Management - Best Practice wider den Widerstand : Beispiele aus der Stadtbibliothek Nürnberg und der Staatsbibliothek Bamberg / Ilona Munique Betriebsmanagement : Dargestellt am Beispiel der ETH-Bibliothek Zürich / Susanne Benitz und André Reichmuth Gebäudemanagement / Christian Kuhlmann Aufenthalt und Aufenthaltsmessung im physischen Bibliotheksraum / Julia Weis Öffentlichkeit durch Bibliotheksarchitektur - von innen und außen betrachtet / Dirk Wissen Bibliotheksgebäude auf dem Prüfstand : Kennzeichen, Betrieb und Evaluation - ein Fragenkatalog / IFLA Library Buildings and Equipment Section Anhang Bibliotheken planen, bauen und ausstatten : Eine Auswahlbibliografie / Petra Hauke Autoren & Herausgeber Abkürzungen Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: 9783540377061 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 221 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Electronic reproduction. Ann Arbor, MI : ProQuest, 2015. Available via World Wide Web. Access may be limited to ProQuest affiliated libraries.
    ISBN: 9783540377054 , 9783540377061
    Series Statement: Springer-Lehrbuch
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: 1 Einleitung. - 1.1 Alltägliche Probleme. - 1.2 Uni- und multivariate Daten. - 1.3 Wege ins Statistiklabyrinth. - 2 Statistische Grundlagen. - 2.1 Einführung in die Terminologie. - 2.2 Datentypen -Skalenniveaus. - 2.3 Korrelation. - 2.4 Regression. - 2.5 Lineare Regression. - 2.6 Multiplelineare Regression. - 2.7 Unimodale Modelle - die Gauß'sche Regression. - 2.8 Logistische und Gauß'sche logistische Regression. - 2.9 Interaktionen. - 2.10 Gewichtetes Mittel. - 2.11 Partielle Analysen. - 3 Datenmanipulationen. - 3.1 Normalverteilung und Transformationen. - 3.2 Standardisierungen. - 3.3 Transponieren, Umkodieren und Maskieren. - 4 Ähnlichkeits- und Distanzmaße. - 4.1 Qualitative Ähnlichkeitsmaße. - 4.2 Quantitative Ähnlichkeitsmaße. - 4.3 Distanzmaße. - 4.4 Vergleich der geschilderten Koeffizienten. - 5 Ordinationen - das Prinzip. - 5.1 Dimensionsreduktion als Analysestrategie. - 5.2 Polare Ordination. - 6 Korrespondenzanalyse (CA). - 6.1 Das Prinzip. - 6.2 Mathematische Artefakte - Probleme der CA. - 6.3 DCA {Detrended Correspondence Analysis). - 6.4 Zusammenfassendes zu Problemen der CA und DCA. - 7 Interpretation von CA und DCA. - 7.1 Zur Skalierung und Interpretation der Ordinationsdiagramme. - 7.2 Umweltvariablen-Interaktionen von Effekten. - 7.3 Ordination und Umweltdaten. - 8 Kanonische Ordination (constrained ordination). - 8.1 Prinzip der Kanonischen Korrespondenzanalyse (CCA). - 8.2 Interpretation eines CCA-Diagramms. - 8.3 Forward selection bei kanonischen Ordinationen. - 8.4 Überprüfung einer CCA. - 9 Hauptkomponentenanalyse (PCA). - 9.1 Das Prinzip - geometrische Herleitung. - 9.2 Das Prinzip - der mathematische Ansatz. - 9.3 Optionen bei einer PCA. - 9.4 Stärken und Schwächen der PCA. - 9.5 Faktorenanalyse. - 10 Lineare Methoden und Umweltdaten: PCA und RDA. - 10.1 Indirekte Ordination. - 10.2 Kanonische Ordination - Prinzip der Redundanzanalyse. - 10.3 Interpretation einer RDA. - 11 Partielle Ordination und variance partitioning. - 11.1 Kovariablen. - 11.2 Partielle PCA, CA, DCA. - 11.3 Partielle kanonische Ordination. - 11.4 Variance partitioning. - 12 Multidimensionale Skalierung. - 12.1 Der andere Weg zum Ziel. - 12.2 Metrische Multidimensionale Skalierung - Hauptkoordinatenanalyse. - 12.3 Nichtmetrische Multidimensionale Skalierung. - 12.3.1 Das Prinzip. - 12.3.2 NMDS - Optionen und Probleme. - 12.3.3 Ablauf einer NMDS. - 13 Klassifikation - das Prinzip. - 13.1 Das Wesen von Klassifikationen. - 13.2 Die wichtigsten Klassifikationsstrategien. - 14 Agglomerative Klassifikationsverfahren. - 14.1Clusteranalyse - Grundlagen. - 14.2 Auswertung von Dendrogrammen. - 15 Divisive Klassifikationsverfahren. - 15.1 Ordination Space Partitioning. - 15.2 TWINSPAN. - 15.3 Ablauf einer TWINSPAN-Analyse. - 15.4 Kritik an der TWINSPAN-Analyse. - 16 Sonstige Verfahren zur Beschreibung von Gruppenstrukturen. - 16.1 Nichthierarchische agglomerative Verfahren. - 16.2 Nichthierarchische divisive Verfahren. - 16.3 Numerische "treue"-basierte Verfahren. - 16.4 Diskriminanzanalyse. - 16.4.1 Das Prinzip. - 16.4.2 Voraussetzungen. - 16.4.3 Gütekriterien/Prüfung der Ergebnisse. - 17 Permutationsbasierte Tests. - 17.1 Das Prinzip von Permutationstests. - 17.2 Test auf Signifikanz von Ordinationsachsen. - 17.3 Mantel-Test. - 17.4 Gruppenvergleiche - Mantel-Tests und MRPP. - 17.5 Procrustes-Analysen. - 17.6 Indicator Species Analysis. - 17.7 Ausblick Randomisierungsverfahren. - Literatur. - Sachverzeichnis.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    facet.materialart.12
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : De Gruyter Saur
    Call number: 9783110269550 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Buch bietet umfassende Hilfestellung für die verschiedensten Kommunikationssituationen zwischen Mitarbeitern und Kunden einer Bibliothek: Erstgespräch, Auskunftsinterview, Schulungs- und Konfliktsituationen, Beschwerden sowie Kundenorientierung. Jedes Kapitel beginnt mit einem konkreten Beispiel, an dem die Problematik der Situation analysiert wird. Zahlreiche Übungsaufgaben dienen dem Selbststudium. Tipps, Formulierungshilfen, Leitsätze und ein Gesprächsleitfaden machen das Buch zu einem einzigartigen Praxisratgeber für den bibliothekarischen Alltag. (Verlagstext)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 155 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Electronic reproduction. Ann Arbor, MI : ProQuest, 2015. Available via World Wide Web. Access may be limited to ProQuest affiliated libraries.
    Series Statement: Praxiswissen
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt 1 Einleitung 2 Der erste Eindruck - Das Anmeldegespräch 2.1 Ein Beispiel 2.2 Die Raumsituation 2.3 Die Kommunikationssituation mit Kunden 2.3.1 Gast und Gastgeber 2.3.2 Wir kommunizieren ständig 2.3.3 Wie wirke ich auf andere? 2.3.4 Beziehungs- und Sachaspekt der Kommunikation 2.3.5 Rolleneinnahme und Gesamthaltung der Bibliothek 2.4 Die Gesprächssituation 2.4.1 Augenhöhe und Respekt 2.4.2 Einstellen auf verschiedene Gesprächspartner 2.4.3 Der Gesprächsverlauf 2.4.4 Verständlichkeit und Anschaulichkeit 2.4.5 Schwierige Situationen im Anmeldegespräch 2.5 Vertiefung 3 Professionell beraten - Das Auskunftsgespräch 3.1 Ein Beispiel 3.2 Verantwortung im Gespräch übernehmen - Rollenklarheit 3.3 Reden wir über das Gleiche? 3.4 Durch die Phasen des Gesprächs steuern 3.4.1 Kontakt aufnehmen 3.4.2 Die Ausgangsfrage stellen 3.4.3 Nachfragen 3.4.4 Absichern 3.4.5 Lösungen entwickeln und anbieten 3.4.6 Vereinbarung treffen 3.4.7 Verabschieden 3.5 Die richtigen Fragen stellen 3.6 Störungen in der Auskunftssituation und die Etablierung von Standards 3.7 Tipps im Auskunftsgespräch 3.8 Vertiefung 4 Schulungen und Führungen entwickeln 4.1 Ein Beispiel 4.2 Lerntheoretische Hintergründe 4.2.1 Das Gedächtnis: Wie merken wir uns etwas? 4.2.2 Lerntypen: Wer lernt wie? 4.2.3 Lernpyramide: Mit welchen Lernmethoden lernen wir am effektivsten? 4.2.4 Die Hirnforschung: Wie lernt unser Gehirn am besten? 4.3 Modelle der Didaktik 4.3.1 Instruktionsorientierte Didaktik 4.3.2 Kompetenzorientierte Didaktik 4.4 Die Rolle der Lehrenden 4.5 Auftragsklärung 4.6 Die Konzeptentwicklung in sechs Schritten 4.6.1 Mit der Zielgruppe beschäftigen 4.6.2 Lernziele entwickeln 4.6.3 Themen sammeln und sortieren 4.6.4 Methodik festlegen 4.6.5 Lernkreislauf entwickeln 4.6.6 Dramaturgie und Zeitplan festlegen 4.7 Methodenpool 4.8 Schwierige Situationen in Schulungen 4.9 Wir lernen weiter: Eine Methode für das Schulungsteam 4.10 Vertiefung 5 Schwierige Situationen mit Kunden bewältigen 5.1 Ein Beispiel 5.2 Der Hintergrund 5.2.1 Ebenen der Kommunikation 5.2.2 Vier Reaktionsmöglichkeiten 5.2.3 Der Teufelskreis in der Kommunikation 5.3 Was lässt manche Menschen schwierig werden? 5.3.1 Ein Beispiel 5.3.2 Menschliche Bedürfnisse und Aggressionen 5.3.3 Wie wir den Konflikt betrachten - verschiedene Konfliktebenen 5.4 Das Dilemma der guten Mitarbeiterin 5.5 Die Entschärfung der Situation 5.6 Formulierungstipps - kleines Glossar der hilfreichen Worte 5.7 Kommunikative Basics für schwierige Situationen 5.7.1 So tun als ob 5.7.2 Distanz wahren 5.7.3 Die Flucht nach vornantreten 5.7.4 Verlierer und Schein-Sieger 5.7.5 Eigene Irrtümer vermeiden 5.8 Fallbeispiele 5.8.1 Typologie nach Fritz Riemann 5.8.2 Fünf Fälle und Handlungsmöglichkeiten 5.9 Deeskalationsstrategien - wenn es ganz schwierig wird 5.10 Vertiefung 6 Beschwerdemanagement in Bibliotheken 6.1 Ein Beispiel 6.2 Was ist Beschwerdemanagement? 6.3 Die Komponenten eines Beschwerdemanagement-Systems 6.3.1 Beschwerdestimulierung 6.3.2 Beschwerdekanäle 6.3.3 Beschwerdeannahme 6.3.4 Beschwerdebearbeitung 6.3.5 Beschwerdereaktion 6.3.6 Beschwerdeauswertung 6.3.7 Beschwerdereporting (öffentlich) 6.4 Die Kommunikationssituation der Beschwerde 6.4.1 Worüber beschweren sich Kunden der Bibliothek? 6.4.2 Beschwerdeschreiben verstehen und beantworten 6.4.3 Unzufriedenheit und Schweregrad der Beschwerde 6.4.4 Die Entschärfung der Situation 6.4.5 Ein Gesprächsleitfaden für Beschwerdegespräche 6.4.6 Deeskalieren 6.4.7 Tipps für die Gesprächssituation 6.4.8 Mitarbeiter einbeziehen und schulen 6.5 Vertiefung 7 Kundenorientierung in der Bibliothek 7.1 Ein Beispiel 7.2 Was heißt Kundenorientierung in der Bibliothek? 7.3 Vom Nutzer zum Kunden 7.4 Von der Produkt- zur Kundenorientierung 7.5 Ein Gesamtkonzept zur Einführung von Kundenorientierung 7.6 Eins greift ins andere - Kundenzentrierung und Mitarbeiterorientierung 7.7 Gemeinsame Verhaltensstandards einführen 7.7.1 Was sind Leistungsstandards 7.7.2 Kontaktsituationen mit Kunden und mögliche Verhaltensstandards 7.8 Damit alle an einem Strang ziehen 7.9 Vertiefung 8 Sicher und gewandt auftreten 8.1 Ein Beispiel 8.2 Die eigene Einstellung 8.2.1 Persönliche Denkmuster 8.2.2 Innere Dialoge 8.3 Woran wir arbeiten können - das rhetorische Handwerkszeug 8.4 Sicheres Auftreten braucht Übung 8.5 Erklären und überzeugen 8.6 Anschaulich und lebendig sprechen 8.7 Präsenz zeigen 8.8 Stimmlich überzeugen 8.9 Lampenfieber - die Spannung nutzen 8.10 Vertiefung Literatur und Internet-Links Sachregister Über die Autorin
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: 9781630810504 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1.014 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781630810504 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Photo Credits Computer Codes 1 Introduction 1-1 Why Microwaves for Remote Sensing? 1-2 A Brief Overview of Microwave Sensors 1-3 A Short History of Microwave Remote Sensing 1-3.1 Radar 1-3.2 Radiometers 1-4 The Electromagnetic Spectrum 1-5 Basic Operation and Applications of Radar 1-5.1 Operation of Remote-Sensing Radars 1-5.2 Applications of Remote-Sensing Radars 1-6 Basic Operation and Applications of Radiometers 1-6.1 Radiometer Operation 1-6.2 Applications of Microwave Radiometry 1-7 Image Examples 2 Electromagnetic Wave Propagation 2-1 EM Plane Waves 2-1.1 Constitutive Parameters 2-1.2 Maxwell's Equations 2-1.3 Complex Permittivity 2-1.4 Wave Equations 2-2 Plane-Wave Propagation in Lossless Media 2-2.1 Uniform Plane Waves 2-2.2 General Relation between E and H 2-3 Wave Polarization in a Lossless Medium 2-3.1 Linear Polarization 2-3.2 Circular Polarization 2-3.3 Elliptical Polarization 2-4 Plane Wave Propagation in Lossy Media 2-4.1 Low Loss Dielectric 2-4.2 Good Conductor 2-5 Electromagnetic Power Density 2-5.1 Plane Wave in a Lossless Medium 2-5.2 Plane Wave in a Lossy Medium 2-5.3 Decibel Scale tor Power Ratios 2-6 Wave Reflection and Transmission at Normal Incidence 2-6.1 Boundary between Lossless Media 2-6.2 Boundary between Lossy Media 2-7 Wave Reflection and Transmission at Oblique Incidence 2-7.1 Horizontal Polarization—Lossless Media 2-7.2 Vertical Polarization 2-8 Reflectivity and Transmissivity 2-9 Oblique Incidence onto a Lossy Medium 2- 10 Oblique Incidence onto a Two-Layer Composite 2-10.1 Input Parameters 2-10.2 Propagation Matrix Method 2-10.3 Multiple Reflection Method 3 Remote-Sensing Antennas 3-1 The Hertzian Dipole 3-2 Antenna Radiation Characteristics 3-2.1 Antenna Pattern 3-2.2 Beam Dimensions 3-2.3 Antenna Directivity 3-2.4 Antenna Gain 3-2.5 Radiation Efficiency 3-2.6 Effective Area of a Receiving Antenna 3-3 Friis Transmission Formula 3-4 Radiation by Large-Aperture Antennas 3-5 Rectangular Aperture with Uniform Field Distribution 3-5.1 Antenna Pattern in x-y Plane 3-5.2 Beamwidth 3-5.3 Directivity and Effective Area 3-6 Circular Aperture with Uniform Field Illumination 3-7 Nonuniform-Amplitude Illumination 3-8 Beam Efficiency 3-9 Antenna Arrays 3-10 N-Element Array with Uniform Phase Distribution 3-10.1 Uniform Amplitude Distribution 3-10.2 Grating Lobes 3-10.3 Binomial Distribution 3-11 Electronic Scanning of Arrays 3-12 Antenna Types 3-12.1 Horn Antennas 3-12.2 Slot Antennas 3-12.3 Microstrip Antennas 3-13 Active Antennas 3-13.1 Advantages of Active Antennas 3-13.2 Digital Beamforming with Active Antennas 4 Microwave Dielectric Properties of Natural Earth Materials 4-1 Pure-Water Single-Debye Dielectric Model (f 〈 50 GHz) 4-2 Saline-Water Double-Debye Dielectric Model (f〈 1000 GHz) 4-3 Dielectric Constant of Pure Ice 4-4 Dielectric Mixing Models for Heterogeneous Materials 4-4.1 Randomly Oriented Ellipsoidal Inclusions 4-4.2 Polder-van Santen/de Loor Formulas 4-4.3 Tinga-Voss-Blossey (TVB) Formulas 4-4.4 Other Dielectric Mixing Formulas 4-5 Sea Ice 4-5.1 Dielectric Constant of Brine 4-5.2 Brine Volume Fraction 4-5.3 Dielectric Properties 4-6 Dielectric Constant of Snow 4-6.1 Dry Snow 4-6.2 Wet Snow 4-7 Dielectric Constant of Dry Rocks 4-7.1 Powdered Rocks 4-7.2 Solid Rocks 4-8 Dielectric Constant of Soils 4-8.1 Dry Soil 4-8.2 Wet Soil 4-8.3 εsoil in 0.3-1.5 GHz Band 4-9 Dielectric Constant of Vegetation 4-9.1 Dielectric Constant of Canopy Constituents 4-9.2 Dielectric Model 5 Radar Scattering 5-1 Wave Polarization in a Spherical Coordinate System 5-2 Scattering Coordinate Systems 5-2.1 Forward Scattering Alignment (FSA) Convention 5-2.2 Backscatter Alignment (BSA) Convention 5-3 Scattering Matrix 5-3.1 FSA Convention 5-3.2 BSA Convention 5-3.3 Stokes Parameters and Mueller Matrix 5-4 Radar Equation 5-5 Scattering from Distributed Targets 5-5.1 Narrow-Beam Scatterometer 5-5.2 Imaging Radar 5-5.3 Specific Intensities for Distributed Target 5-6 RCS Statistics 5-7 Rayleigh Fading Model 5-7.1 Underlying Assumptions 5-7.2 Linear Detection 5-7.3 Square-Law Detection 5-7.4 Interpretation 5-8 Multiple Independent Samples 5-8.1 N-Look Amplitude Image 5-8.2 N-Look Intensity Image 5-8.3 N-Look Square-Root Intensity Image 5-8.4 Spatial Resolution vs. Radiometric Resolution 5-8.5 Applicability of the Rayleigh Fading Model 5-9 Image Texture and Despeckle Filtering . 5-9.1 Image Texture 5-9.2 Despeckling Filters 5-10 Coherent and Noncoherent Scattering 5-10.1 Surface Roughness 5-10.2 Bistatic Scattering 5-10.3 Specular Reflectivity 5-10.4 Bistatic-Scattering Coefficient 5-10.5 Backscattering Response of a Smooth Surface 5-11 Polarization Synthesis 5-11.1 RCS Polarization Response 5-11.2 Distributed Targets 5-11.3 Mueller Matrix Approach 5-12 Polarimetric Scattering Statistics 5-13 Polarimetric Analysis Tools 5-13.1 Scattering Covariance Matrix 5-13.2 Eigenvector Decomposition 5-13.3 Useful Polarimetric Parameters 5-13.4 Image Examples 5-13.5 Freeman-Durden Decomposition 6 Microwave Radiometry and Radiative Transfer 6-1 Radiometric Quantities 6-2 Thermal Radiation 6-2.1 Quantum Theory of Radiation 6-2.2 Planck's Blackbody Radiation Law 6-2.3 The Rayleigh-Jeans Law 6-3 Power-Temperature Correspondence 6-4 Radiation by Natural Materials 6-4.1 Brightness Temperature 6-4.2 Brightness Temperature Distribution 6-4.3 Antenna Temperature 6-5 Antenna Efficiency Considerations 6-5.1 Beam Efficiency 6-5.2 Radiation Efficiency 6-5.3 Radiometer Measurement Ambiguity 6-6 Theory of Radiative Transfer 6-6.1 Equation of Radiative Transfer 6-6.2 Brightness-Temperature Equation 6-6.3 Brightness Temperature of a Stratified Medium 6-6.4 Brightness Temperature of a Scatter-Free Medium 6-6.5 Upwelling and Downwelling Atmospheric Brightness Temperatures 6-7 Terrain Brightness Temperature 6-7.1 Brightness Transmission Across a Specular Boundary 6-7.2 Emission by a Specular Surface 6-7.3 Emissivity of a Rough Surface 6-7.4 Extreme Surface Conditions 6-7.5 Emissivity of a Two-Layer Composite 6-8 Downward-Looking Satellite Radiometer 6-9 Polarimetric Radiometry 6-10 Stokes Parameters and Periodic Structures 7 Microwave Radiometric Systems 7-1 Equivalent Noise Temperature 7-2 Characterization of Noise 7-2.1 Noise Figure 7-2.2 Equivalent Input Noise Temperature 7-2.3 Noise Temperature of a Cascaded System 7-2.4 Noise Temperature of a Lossy Two-Port Device 7-3 Receiver and System Noise Temperatures 7-3.1 Receiver Alone 7-3.2 Total System Including Antenna 7-4 Radiometer Operation 7-4.1 Measurement Accuracy 7-4.2 Total-Power Radiometer 7-4.3 Radiometric Resolution 7-5 Effects of Receiver Gain Variations 7-6 Dicke Radiometer 7-7 Balancing Techniques 7-7.1 Reference-Channel Control Method 7-7.2 Antenna-Channel Noise-Injection Method 7-7.3 Pulsed Noise-Injection Method 7-7.4 Gain-Modulation Method 7-8 Automatic-Gain-Control (AGC) Techniques 7-9 Noise-Adding Radiometer 7-10 Summary of Radiometer Properties 7-11 Radiometer Calibration Techniques 7-11.1 Receiver Calibration 7-11.2 Calibration Sources 7-11.3 Effects of Impedance Mismatches 7-11.4 Antenna Calibration 7-11.5 Cryoload Technique 7-11.6 Bucket Technique 7-12 Imaging Considerations 7-12.1 Scanning Configurations 7-12.2 Radiometer Uncertainty Principle 7-13 Interferometric Aperture Synthesis 7-13.1 Image Reconstruction 7-13.2 MIR Radiometric Sensitivity 7-14 Polarimetric Radiometer 7-14.1 Coherent Detection 7-14.2 Incoherent Detection 7-15 Calibration of Polarimetric Radiometers 7-15.1 Forward Model for a Fully Polarimetric Radiometer 7-15.2 Forward Model for the Polarimetric Calibration Source 7-15.3 Calibration by Inversion of the Forward Models 7-16 Digital Radiometers 8 Microwave Interaction with Atmospheric Constituents 8-1 Standard Atmosphere 8-1.1 Atmospheric Composition 8-1.2 Temperature Profile 8-1.3 Density Profile 8-1.4 Pressure Profi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book described the current status and possible future changes of the thermokarst (thaw) lakes of western Siberia as dominant forms of landscape and regulators of greenhouse gas exchange within the atmosphere. Thawing permafrost and resulting microbial decomposition of previously frozen organic carbon is one of the most significant terrestrial ecosystem positive feedbacks to a warming climate. Ongoing processes of the permafrost thawing in Western Siberia are likely to increase the surface of water bodies via forming so-called thermokarst lakes, mobilizing the organic carbon (OC) from the soil pool to the rivers and, finally, to the ocean, and thus modifying the fluxes of methane (CH4) and CO2 to the atmosphere. Despite their tremendous importance for green house gazes regulation and hydrological regime control, very little is known about hydrochemistry of western Siberia thaw lakes. This book assesses the variation of major and trace elements (TE) and organic carbon (OC) concentration along the chronosequence of lake development and the latitude profile of variable permafrost abundance; characterizes the colloidal status of TE and distinguishes between the relative proportion of organic and organo-mineral colloids; describes the particularity of microbiological composition of thermokarst lake waters and production/mineralization processes in the water column; and presents the perspective of water chemical composition evolution under the climate change scenario. Each of these aforementioned objectives present a scientific challenge given mainly the paucity of existing information on these important but still very poorly studied ecosystems. Taken together, understanding of these issues and identification and quantification of controlling environmental parameters should produce conceptually new knowledge of biogeochemical processes operating within the Western Siberia Plain with the possibility of extrapolation of generated knowledge to much larger territories of arctic and subarctic permafrost-affected areas. (Imprint: Nova)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (179 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Biochemistry research trends
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introduction: Thermokarst Lakes of Western Siberia as Dominant Forms of Landscape and Regulators of Greenhouse Gas Exchange with the Atmosphere Chapter 1. Thermokarst Lakes: Distribution, Cycle of Development, Surface Coverage and Evolution Chapter 2. Sources of Dissolved Components in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 3. Temperature and Gas Regime Chapter 4. Dissolved Organic Carbon Chapter 5. Microbiology of Thermokarst Lake Systems Chapter 6. Trace Elements in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 7. Colloids in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 8. Latitude Profile Gradients of Lakes: Substituting Space for Time Chapter 9. Possible Impact of Climate Warming on Stocks and Fluxes of Carbon and Related Elements in Western Siberian Lakes Conclusions: Thaw Lakes as Indicators of Climate Change References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    facet.materialart.12
    Bellingham, Washington : SPIE Press
    Call number: 9781510628304 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (viii, 55 pages)
    ISBN: 9781510628304 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    facet.materialart.12
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: 9781316713587 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (462 pages) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781316713587 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1972.013
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 13
    Description / Table of Contents: Aus der Laufzeit von Laserblitzen zwischen einer Beobachtungsstation auf der Erde und einem Laserreflektor auf dem Mond kann man die zeitlich veränderlichen Entfernungen zwischen diesen beiden Punkten ermitteln. Es werden die mathematischen Beziehungen aufgestellt, die es gestatten, diese gemessenen Entfernungen auszudrücken durch die Parameter der geozentrischen Position der Beobachtungsstation auf der Erdoberfläche, die geozentrischen Koordinaten des Mondes, die Elemente der Polbewegungsmatrix, die Lichtgeschwindigkeit und die Sternzeit. Anschließend werden die Fehlergleichungen für die Ausgleichung der auf einer Station erhaltenen Entfernungsmessungen zum Mond für verschiedene Koordinatensysteme aufgestellt. Ferner werden an zwei Stationen simultan gewonnene Entfernungsmessungen zum Mond betrachtet. In der Differenz simultaner Fehlergleichungen beider Stationen sind die Koordinaten des Mondes eliminiert, und man kann dann den Verbindungsvektor der beiden Stationen besonders genau erhalten. Auch hier werden die Fehlergleichungen in mehreren verschiedenen Koordinatensystemen angegeben. Ferner kann man aus der Beobachtung eines Quasars mit einem Radiointerferometer mit extrem langer Basis den Unterschied der beiden Entfernungen ableiten, die jeweils zwischen einem der beiden Endpunkte des Interferometers und dem Quasar bestehen. Es ist auch möglich, die zeitliche Änderung dieses Entfernungsunterschiedes unabhängig zu ermitteln. Auch diese Beobachtungen werden in Beziehung gesetzt zu den geozentrischen Positionen der Interferometerantennen auf der Erde, zur Position des Quasars, zu den Elementen der Polbewegungsmatrix, zur Lichtgeschwindigkeit und zur Sternzeit. Aus den gewonnenen Beziehungen werden die betreffenden Fehlergleichungen für eine Ausgleichung abgeleitet.
    Description / Table of Contents: lt is possible to determine the distance between a station on the Earth and a laser reflector on the Moon observing the travel time of laser flashes running to and fro between both these points. The mathematical equations are derived which relate the observed distances on the one hand and the geocentric station coordinates on the Earth, the geocentric coordinates of the Moon, the elements of the polar motion matrix, the light velocity and the sidereal time on the other hand. The error equations for the adjustment of such distance measurements to the Moon are added, specified for different coordinate systems. Further, simultaneous distance measurements to the Moon executed at two terrestrial stations are considered too. The difference of such simultaneous observations is free of the lunar coordinates. Therefore, the vector connecting both these stations can be obtained especially precise in this way. The concerned error equations are derived for different coordinate systems. Likewise the observation of a quasar by a long base line interferometer yields the possibility to determine the difference between both the distances antenna-Moon for both the antennas. The derivative of this distance difference with respect to time can also be measured independently. These radio interferometer measurements are related mathematically to the geocentric coordinates of both the endpoints of the interferometer, the spatial position of the quasar, the elements of the polar motion matrix, the light velocity and the sidereal time. These relations are developed and the concerned error equations are formulated for an adjustment.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (62 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 13
    Language: German
    Note: 1. Einleitung 2. Die Beobachtungen des Mondes 2.1. Entfernungsmessungen zum Mond 2.2. Der astronomische Anschluß des Mondes 3. Die Beobachtungen der Radiosterne 3.1. Interferometrische Beobachtungen eines Quasars 3.2. Der astronomische Anschluß eines Quasars 4. Koordinatensysteme 5. Die Fehlergleichungen für Entfernungsmessungen zum Mond an einer Station 5.1. Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und den Mond 5.2. Räumliche Polarkoordinaten für die Station und Rektaszension und Deklination als Koordinaten für den Mond 5.3. Räumliche Polarkoordinaten für die Station und ekliptikale Länge und Breite als Koordinaten für den Mond 5.4. Räumliche Polarkoordinaten für die Station und Bahnelemente in bezug auf die Ekliptik für den Mond 5.5. Räumliche Polarkoordinaten für die Station und Bahnelemente in bezug auf den Äquator für den Mond 6. Die Fehlergleichungen für simultane Entfernungsmessungen zum Mond an zwei Stationen 6.1. Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und den Mond 6.2. Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und Rektaszension und Deklination als Koordinaten für den Mond 6.3. Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und ekliptikale Länge und Breite als Koordinaten für den Mond 6.4. Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und Bahnelemente in bezug auf die Ekliptik für den Mond 7. Die Fehlergleichungen für simultane Entfernungsmessungen zum Mond an zwei Stationen bei astronomischem Anschluß des Mondes 7.1. Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und Rektaszension und Deklination als Koordinaten für den Mond 7.2. Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und ekliptikale Länge und Breite als Koordinaten für den Mond 7.3. Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und Bahnelemente in bezug auf die Ekliptik für den Mond 8. Die Fehlergleichungen für radiointerferometrisohe Beobachtungen der Laufzeitdifferenz 8.1 . Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und Rektaszension und Deklination als Koordinaten für den Quasar 9. Die Fehlergleichungen für radiointerferometrische Beobachtungen der Streifenfrequenz 9.1. Rechtwinklige kartesische Koordinaten für die Station und Rektaszension und Deklination als Koordinaten für den Quasar 10. Interferometrische Beobachtungen künstlicher Erdsatelliten und künstlicher Radioquellen auf dem Mond Literatur
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1973.014.01
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 14, Teil 1
    Description / Table of Contents: Zusammenfassung zu allen drei Teilen Der vorliegende Festband steht unter dem Rahmenthema "Stockwerkbau und Felderteilung - Beiträge zur paläodynamischen und stofflichen Entwicklung der Erdkruste". Er ist dem 25. Jahrestag der am 12.9.1946 erfolgten Gründung des ehemaligen Geotektonischen Instituts und dem Gedenken an die Akademiemitglieder Hans Stille und Serge von Bubnoff gewidmet. Einleitend werden Aufgaben und Entwicklungstendenzen des Zentralinstituts für Physik der Erde der Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR dargelegt. Es folgen Beiträge zu allgemeinen Fragen der Geotektonik wie dem Problem der Gleichzeitigkeit tektonischer Ereignisse im weltweiten Maßstab oder der heutigen Situation und den Aufgaben der Geotektonik. Die Mehrzahl der Aufsätze beschäftigt sich mit der paläotektonischen und stofflichen Entwicklung des Tafeldeckgebirges, des Molassestockwerks oder des Grundgebirgsstockwerks in verschiedenen regionalen Krusteneinheiten. Weitere Beiträge behandeln Fragen der regionalen Geophysik und der Tektonik von Lineamentzonen. Insgesamt wird der Versuch unternommen, einen Überblick über aktuelle Forschungsgebiete zu geben und damit Entwicklungstendenzen aufzuzeigen, die die Geotektonik zu einem integrierenden Bestandteil der Krustenforschung machen und zugleich das theoretische Gerüst der Lagerstättenforschung mitformen.
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary of all three parts This Jubilee Volume is published under the general title "Stockwerk structure and areal division - contributions to the palaeodynamic and material development of the earth's crust". It is dedicated to the 25th anniversary of the foundation of the former Geotectonical Institute, established on Sept. 12th, 1946, and to the memory of the academicians Hans Stille and Serge von Bubnoff. An Introductory note explains the development and the tasks of the Central Earth Physics Institute of the Academy of Sciences of G.D.R. The following papers are concerned with general problems of geotectonics, such as the problem of simultaneity of tectonical events on a world-wide scale, as well as with the present situation and tasks of geotectonics. The majority of the papers attends to the palaeotectonical and material development of the platform cover, the molasse stockwerk or the basement stockwerk within various regional crustal units. Other papers deal with problems of regional geophysics and the tectonics of lineament zones. Altogether, an attempt is made to give a review of actual fields of research, thus indicating trends in the development which make geotectonics an integral part of crustal research and simultaneously contribute to establishing the theoretical framework of research for mineral deposits.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (271 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 14, Teil 1
    Language: German
    Note: Zusammenfassung Vorwort Kautzleben: Aufgaben und Entwicklungstendenzen des Zentralinstitute für Physik der Erde Jubitz, K.-B.: Zu einigen allgemeinen Aspekten geotektonischer Forschung Janšin, A.L.: Uber sogenannte weltweite Transgressionen und Regressionen Chain, V.E.: Über die gegenwärtige Situation in der theoretischen Geotektonik und zu den daraus resultierenden Aufgaben Kölbel, H.: Zur Methodik der Zusammenstellung tektonischer Übersichtskarten am Beispiel Mitteleuropas Gluško,V.V.; Dikenštejn, G.Ch.; Kravčenko, K.N.: Einige Besonderheiten der Tektonik der südlichen UdSSR (Zu den Ergebnissen der Zusammenstellung einer Kartenserie dieses Gebietes) Jubitz, K.-B.: Zur Problematik tektonischer Untersuchungen im Deckgebirge STILLEs (Tafeldeokgebirge und Molassenstockwerk) Schwab, G.; Jubitz, K.-B.; Meier, R.: Zu .einigen Aspekten der stofflichen und strukturellen Entwicklung im Tafeldeokgebirge des nördlichen Mitteleuropas, speziell zu Fragen der Postumität Beutler, G.: Beziehungen zwischen dem altkimmerischen Strukturplan und dem tieferen Untergrund Wendland, F.: Zu einigen Aspekten der Tektonik von salinaren Strukturen Möbus, G.: Die strukturtektonische Bearbeitung des Kernmaterials von Bohrungen Žuravlev, V.S.: Der Erdkrustenbau tiefreichender Senken auf alten Tafeln Kopf, M.: Petrophysik der Stockwerke des Tafeldeckgebirges Grumbt, E.; Lützner, H.; Ellenberg, J.; Falk, F.; Ludwig, A.: Zur Sedimentation und Tektonik im Übergangsbereich zwischen Molassestadium und Tafelentwicklung der Varisziden in Mitteleuropa Sobolevskaja, V.N.: Die taphrogene Entwicklungsetappe epivariazischer Tafeln Benek, R.; Röllig, G.; Eigenfeld, F.; Schwab,M.: Zur strukturellen Stellung des Magmatiamus der Subsequenzperiode im DDR-Anteil der mitteleuropäischen Varieziden Buš, V.A.; Gareckij, R.G.; Kirjuchin, L.G.: Die strukturelle Lage der subsequenten Effusiva der Varisziden Zentraleuropas, Mittelasiens und Kasachstans Milanovskij, E.E.; Kornovskij, N.V.: Der orogene spätkänozoische Vulkanismus Eurasiens und seine Beziehungen zur Tektonik Bogolepov, K.V.: Die Deuteroorogenese
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    facet.materialart.12
    Oxford : Blackwell Scientific Publications
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.01
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 12
    Description / Table of Contents: Although the search for oil and gas in Europe, particularly in the North Sea, has been very successful, it has become progressively more difficult and costly in recent years. The need for continuing exploration success in finding accumulations of hydrocarbons has created a climate which favours the use of modern scientific and technological methods and techniques. Amongst these is petroleum geochemistry. Applications of petroleum geochemistry (integrated with petroleum geology) in petroleum exploration has drastically changed in recent years from a post-mortem science to a widely accepted exploration predictive tool.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XV, 379 Seiten)
    ISBN: 0632010762
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 12
    Language: English
    Note: Articles Introduction J. Brooks https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.01 Geological and Geochemical Studies of Northwest European Continental Shelf The role of the Department of Energy in petroleum exploration of the United Kingdom P. J. Walmsley https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.02 Gas Exploration and Reserves in Europe A. Makourine https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.03 A Review of Geochemical Data Related to the Northwest European Gas Province P. C. Barnard and B. S. Cooper https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.04 Surface Geochemical Exploration in the North Sea J. L. Gevirtz, B. D. Carey, and S. R. Blanco https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.05 Analytic Procedure and Results of an Isotope Geochemical Surface Survey in an Area of the British North Sea E. Faber and W. Stahl https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.06 Petroleum Offshore Sniffer Exploration J. Sigalove https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.07 Petroleum Exploration Onshore U.K. G. J. Candy https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.08 North Sea petroleum exploration T. P. Brennand https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.09 Exploration of the Norwegian Shelf Hans Rønnevik, Svein Eggen, and Jan Vollset https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.10 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation of the Palaeocene Sands in the Northern North Sea D. C. Mudge and G. M. Bliss https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.11 Geochemistry of Porosity Enhancement and Reduction in Clastic Sediments C. D. Curtis https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.12 Applications of Geochemistry to Sandstone Reservoir Studies Hilary Irwin and Andrew Hurst https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.13 Organofacies and Early Maturation Effects in Upper Jurassic Sediments From the Inner Moray Firth Basin, North Sea M. J. Pearson and D. Watkins https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.14 Aspects of Burial Diagenesis, Organic Maturation and Palaeothermal History of an Area in the South Viking Graben, North Sea M. J. Pearson, D. Watkins, and J-L Pittion D. Caston and J. S. Small https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.15 Some Geological Controls on Oil Composition in the U.K. North Sea C. Cornford, J. A. Morrow, A. Turrington, J. A. Miles, and J. Brooks https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.16 Kerogen Types, Organic Maturation and Hydrocarbon Occurrences in the Moray Firth and South Viking Graben, North Sea Basin M. J. Fisher and Jennifer A. Miles https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.17 Geochemistry of North and South Brae Areas, North Sea R. H. Reitsema https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.18 The Search for Petroleum in Northern Ireland A. E. Griffith https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.19 Frontier exploration in Western and Northwest Europe D. G. Roberts https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.20 Petroleum Exploration of Europe Origins of Natural Gas in the Po Valley, N. Italy L. Mattavelli, T. Ricchiuto, and D. Grighani M. Schoell https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.21 Isotope Geochemistry of Natural Gases in Central Europe M. Schoell and M. J. Whiticar https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.22 Geochemical Observations and Oil Genesis in the German Alps and their foreland K. Kuckelkorn, H. Wehner, and H. Hufnagel https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.23 Basin Evolution and Hydrocarbon Generation D. P. McKenzie https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.25 Oil Potential of Coals: A Geochemical Approach B. Durand and M. Paratte https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.26 Pyrolysis-Mass Spectrometry in Coal Chemistry: a study of the coalification of vitrites and the typification of Australian Brown Coals P. A. Schenck, J. W. de Leeuw, and T. C. Viets J. Haverkamp https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.27 Identification of Amorphous Sedimentary Organic Matter by Transmitted Light Microscopy D. J. Batten https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.28 Spectral Correlation of Spore Coloration Standards P. M. R. Smith https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.29 Selection Criteria for the Use of Vitrinite Reflectance as a Maturity Tool J. M. A. Buiskool Toxopeus https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.30 Use of Porphyrins as a Maturity Parameter for Oils and Sediments A. J. G. Barwise https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.31 Petroleum Geochemical Principles and Techniques Organic Geochemistry and Basin Modelling — Important Tools in Petroleum Exploration D. H. Welte, M. A. Yükler, M. Radke, D. Leythaeuser, U. Mann, and U. Ritter https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.24 Geological Information on Hydrocarbon Exploration on the U.K. Continental Shelf Introduction G. G. Baxter https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.32 The Compilation of an Earth Science Bibliography for the North Sea and Adjacent Areas D. J. McKay https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.33 Commercially Available Geological Databanks—U.K.C.S. P. Wigley https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.34 Geological Information from Hydrocarbon Exploration on the United Kingdom Continental Shelf J. R. V. Brooks https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.35 EXPHST—A Program to Analyse the History of Exploration Success within a Basin or Country K. J. Chew and H. Stephenson https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.36 The Use of Computerized Information in Britoil, Exploration Division G. G. Baxter https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1983.012.01.37
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: 9781119606918 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Python is a modern programming language that has exploded in popularity both inside and outside of the Earth science community. Part of its appeal is it's easy-to-learn syntax and the thousands of available libraries which can be synthesized with core Python to do nearly any computing task imaginable. In particular, Python is useful for reading Earth-observing satellite datasets, which can be notoriously difficult to use due to the volume of information that results from the multitude of sensors, platforms, and spatio-temporal spacing. Python facilitates reading a variety of self-describing binary datasets that these observations are often encoded in. Using the same software, one can complete the entirerty of a research project and even produce plots. Within a notebook environment, the scientist can document and distribute the code which can improve efficiency and transparency within the Earth sciences community. Even with the right tools data are seldom ready off-the-shelf for analysis and research and requires a number of pre-processing steps to make the data useable. What steps to take and why are often except perhaps for data developers themselves. Data users often misunderstand concepts such as data quality, how to perform an atmospheric correction, or the complex regridding schemes necessary to compare data with different resolutions. Even to a technical user, the nuances can be frustrating and difficult to overcome. The consequence of this is that data remains unused, or worse, potentially misused"
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (300 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781119606918
    Series Statement: Special publications / American Geophysical Union 75
    Language: English
    Note: Contents -- Foreword -- Acknowledgments -- Introduction -- Part I Overview of Satellite Datasets -- Chapter 1 A Tour of Current Satellite Missions and Products -- 1.1 History of Computational Scientific Visualization -- 1.2 Brief Catalog of Current Satellite Products -- 1.2.1 Meteorological and Atmospheric Science -- 1.2.2 Hydrology -- 1.2.3 Oceanography and Biogeosciences -- 1.2.4 Cryosphere -- 1.3 The Flow of Data from Satellites to Computer -- 1.4 Learning Using Real Data and Case Studies -- 1.5 Summary -- References -- Chapter 2 Overview of Python -- 2.1 Why Python? -- 2.2 Useful Packages for Remote Sensing Visualization -- 2.2.1 NumPy -- 2.2.2 Pandas -- 2.2.3 Matplotlib -- 2.2.4 netCDF4 and h5py -- 2.2.5 Cartopy -- 2.3 Maturing Packages -- 2.3.1 xarray -- 2.3.2 Dask -- 2.3.3 Iris -- 2.3.4 MetPy -- 2.3.5 cfgrib and eccodes -- 2.4 Summary -- References -- Chapter 3 A Deep Dive into Scientific Data Sets -- 3.1 Storage -- 3.1.1 Single Values -- 3.1.2 Arrays -- 3.2 Data Formats -- 3.2.1 Binary -- 3.2.2 Text -- 3.2.3 Self-Describing Data Formats -- 3.2.4 Table-Driven Formats -- 3.2.5 geoTIFF -- 3.3 Data Usage -- 3.3.1 Processing Levels -- 3.3.2 Product Maturity -- 3.3.3 Quality Control -- 3.3.4 Data Latency -- 3.3.5 Reprocessing -- 3.4 Summary -- References -- Part II Practical Python Tutorials for Remote Sensing -- Chapter 4 Practical Python Syntax -- 4.1 "Hello Earth" in Python -- 4.2 Variable Assignment and Arithmetic -- 4.3 Lists -- 4.4 Importing Packages -- 4.5 Array and Matrix Operations -- 4.6 Time Series Data -- 4.7 Loops -- 4.8 List Comprehensions -- 4.9 Functions -- 4.10 Dictionaries -- 4.11 Summary -- References -- Chapter 5 Importing Standard Earth Science Datasets -- 5.1 Text -- 5.2 NetCDF -- 5.2.1 Manually Creating a Mask Variable Using True and False Values. -- 5.2.2 Using NumPy Masked Arrays to Filter Automatically -- 5.3 HDF -- 5.4 GRIB2 -- 5.5 Importing Data Using Xarray -- 5.5.1 netCDF -- 5.5.2 Examining Vertical Cross Sections -- 5.5.3 Examining Horizontal Cross Sections -- 5.5.4 GRIB2 using Cfgrib -- 5.5.5 Accessing Datasets Using OpenDAP -- 5.6 Summary -- References -- Chapter 6 Plotting and Graphs for All -- 6.1 Univariate Plots -- 6.1.1 Histograms -- 6.1.2 Barplots -- 6.2 Two Variable Plots -- 6.2.1 Converting Data to a Time Series -- 6.2.2 Useful Plot Customizations -- 6.2.3 Scatter Plots -- 6.2.4 Line Plots -- 6.2.5 Adding Data to an Existing Plot -- 6.2.6 Plotting Two Side-by-Side Plots -- 6.2.7 Skew-T Log-P -- 6.3 Three Variable Plots -- 6.3.1 Filled Contour Plots -- 6.3.2 Mesh Plots -- 6.4 Summary -- References -- Chapter 7 Creating Effective and Functional Maps -- 7.1 Cartographic Projections -- 7.1.1 Geographic Coordinate Systems -- 7.1.2 Choosing a Projection -- 7.1.3 Some Common Projections -- 7.2 Cylindrical Maps -- 7.2.1 Global Plots -- 7.2.2 Changing Projections -- 7.2.3 Regional Plots -- 7.2.4 Swath Data -- 7.2.5 Quality Flag Filtering -- 7.3 Polar Stereographic Maps -- 7.4 Geostationary Maps -- 7.5 Creating Maps from Datasets Using OpenDAP -- 7.6 Summary -- References -- Chapter 8 Gridding Operations -- 8.1 Regular One-Dimensional Grids -- 8.2 Regular Two-Dimensional Grids -- 8.3 Irregular Two-Dimensional Grids -- 8.3.1 Resizing -- 8.3.2 Regridding -- 8.3.3 Resampling -- 8.4 Summary -- References -- Chapter 9 Meaningful Visuals through Data Combination -- 9.1 Spectral and Spatial Characteristics of Different Sensors -- 9.2 Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) -- 9.3 Window Channels -- 9.4 RGB -- 9.4.1 True Color -- 9.4.2 Dust RGB -- 9.4.3. Fire/Natural RGB -- 9.5 Matching with Surface Observations -- 9.5.1 With User-Defined Functions -- 9.5.2 With Machine Learning. -- 9.6 Summary -- References -- Chapter 10 Exporting with Ease -- 10.1 Figures -- 10.2 Text Files -- 10.3 Pickling -- 10.4 NumPy Binary Files -- 10.5 NetCDF -- 10.5.1 Using netCDF4 to Create netCDF Files -- 10.5.2 Using Xarray to Create netCDF Files -- 10.5.3 Following Climate and Forecast (CF) Metadata Conventions -- 10.6 Summary -- Part III Effective Coding Practices -- Chapter 11 Developing a Workflow -- 11.1 Scripting with Python -- 11.1.1 Creating Scripts Using Text Editors -- 11.1.2 Creating Scripts from Jupyter Notebook -- 11.1.3 Running Python Scripts from the Command Line -- 11.1.4 Handling Output When Scripting -- 11.2 Version Control -- 11.2.1 Code Sharing though Online Repositories -- 11.2.2 Setting up on GitHub -- 11.3 Virtual Environments -- 11.3.1 Creating an Environment -- 11.3.2 Changing Environments from the Command Line -- 11.3.3 Changing Environments in Jupyter Notebook -- 11.4 Methods for Code Development -- 11.5 Summary -- References -- Chapter 12 Reproducible and Shareable Science -- 12.1 Clean Coding Techniques -- 12.1.1 Stylistic Conventions -- 12.1.2 Tools for Clean Code -- 12.2 Documentation -- 12.2.1 Comments and Docstrings -- 12.2.2 README File -- 12.2.3 Creating Useful Commit Messages -- 12.3 Licensing -- 12.4 Effective Visuals -- 12.4.1 Make a Statement -- 12.4.2 Undergo Revision -- 12.4.3 Are Accessible and Ethical -- 12.5 Summary -- References -- Conclusion -- Appendix A Installing Python -- A.1. Download Tutorials for This Book -- A.2. Download and Install Anaconda -- A.3. Package Management in Anaconda -- Appendix B Jupyter Notebook -- B.1. Running on a Local Machine (New Coders) -- B.2. Running on a Remote Server (Advanced) -- B.3. Tips for Advanced Users -- B.3.1. Customizing Notebooks with Configuration Files -- B.3.2. Starting and Ending Python Scripts -- B.3.3. Creating Git Commit Templates. -- Appendix C Additional Learning Resources -- Appendix D Tools -- D.1. Text Editors and IDEs -- D.2. Terminals -- Appendix E Finding, Accessing, and Downloading Satellite Datasets -- E.1. Ordering Data from NASA EarthData -- E.2. Ordering Data from NOAA/CLASS -- Appendix F Acronyms -- Index -- EULA.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1977.052.03
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 52, Teil 3
    Description / Table of Contents: This 3rd International Symposium "Geodesy and Physics of the Earth" was according to its tenor the continuation of the Symposia of 1970 and 1973 dealing with the same basic topic. It was especially devoted to the possibilities of Satellite Geodesy to study geodynamic processes. By this also those problems of the use of observations of artificial satellites for geodetic and geophysical purposes were dealt with that had regularly been treated in the preceding years and will be treated further by A. Massevitsch in the symposia presided by her. Several papers were devoted especially to the problems of the Special Study Group 5.49 of the International Association of Geodesy "Use of Geodetic Data for Studies of Earth-Moon-System" (President E. Tengström). Part 3 : Use of Satellite Observations
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (Seiten 687-1079) , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 52, Teil 3
    Language: English , Russian , German
    Note: Use of Satellite Observations Sehnal, L., The Aerodynamic Lift in the Satellite Dynamics Ill, M., Über die Nord-Süd Asymmetrie der hohen Atmosphäre Иллеш-Алмар, Е. Анализ изменения плотности верхней атмосферы с 27-дневным циклом Кутаенко, Б.В., Оценка возможного повышения точности расчета положения ИСЗ при использовании прогнозируемых значений индексов геомагнитной возмущенности в солнечной активности Almár, L.; Horvath, A.; Illes-almár, E., New Results Concerning the Geomagnetic Effect in the Upper Atmosphere Vorbrich, K., Some Results of the Examination of the SBG Camera at Borowiec Георгиев, Н., Использование промежуточной орбиты ИЗС при решении геодезических задач Latka, Jan, The Determination of the Earth Gravity Field by use of Satellite Gradiometry Halme, Seppo J.; Paunonen, Matti; Sharma, A.B.R.; Kakkuri, Juhani; Kalliomäki, Kari (Presented by T.J. Kukkamäki), The Satellite Laser of Finland Neubert, Reinhart; Fischer, Harald, lmprovement of the Potsdam Laser Ranging Equipment Schillak, S.; Wnuk, E., Satellite Laser Ranging Station at Borowiec Hiršl, P.; Krajiček, V.; Pfeifer, M., Event Timer for the Second Generation Laser Radar Wilson, P.; Seeger, H.; Nottarp, K., The new Nd-YAG Laser-Ranging System for the Satellite Observation Station at Wettzell Hovorka, F.; Konrad, M., Utekal, J., Satellite Laser Ranging at Hradec Králové Mihaly, Sz., Possibilities in Improving Claseical Networks by Satellite Geodesy Батраков, Ю.В.; Никольская, Т.К., Об оптимальных условиях определения координат станций полудинамическим методом Stange, L.; Swiatek, K., On the Derivation of Long Terrestrial Distances from Laser Observations of Artificial Satellites Adam, J., Determination of Station Coordinates from Laser Observations Goral, Wladyslaw, Iterative Methods of Determination of Station Co-ordinates and Orbital Satellite Elements from DOPPLER Observations Halmos, F.; Szadeczky-Kardoss, Gy., Computation of Geodesics from Chord-Lengths Marek, K.-H.; Rehse, H., A Technology of Stellar Triangulation by Means of Balloon-Borne Beacons Кабелач, Йосеф, Триангуляция на высокие цели с помощью самолётов, если имеются направления и расстояния Хорват, А.; Хорват, П.; Петер, И., Дигитвизуальный телескоп для наблюдения ИСЗ Maase, E., Fernsehaufnahmesystem für die Ortung von Satelliten Stupak, T.; Vorbrich, K.; Wieckowski, J., Some Experiments with Satellite-Navigation Doppler Receivers Magnavox 'MX-902' and 'ITT-6001' Жагар, Ю.Х., Применение промежуточных орбит для прогнозирования движения ИСЗ Аксёнов, Е.П.; Вашковьяк, С.Н.; Емельянов, Н.В.; Определение орбит по по оптическим и лазерным наблюдениям Kostalecky, J., Tidal Movement of Satellite Stations Klokocnik, Jaroslaw, Determination of the Lumped Coefficients of 14th-Order from the Inclination Changes of the Interkosmos 9 and 10 Satellites Прилепин, М.Т., Заболотный, Н.С., Уточнение поправок на влтяегте атмосферы при изучении колебаний полюса Земли Swierkowska, Stanislawa, Stellar Testing Catalogue Kurzynska, Krystyna, The Influence of Refraction on Positional Observations of Earth's Artificial Satellites Касименко, Т.В.; Янковская, И.А., Исследование вариаций плотности атмосферы Земли по торможению спутника "Ореол" Adam, J., Accuracy Investigation of Simultaneous Photographic and Laser Observations of Artificial Satellites Hiršl, Petr, Retroreflector Shape - One of the Sources of Errors Gesamtinhaltsverzeichnis
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: 9783030425845 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Our realisation of how profoundly glaciers and ice sheets respond to climate change and impact sea level and the environment has propelled their study to the forefront of Earth system science. Aspects of this multidisciplinary endeavour now constitute major areas of research. This book is named after the international summer school held annually in the beautiful alpine village of Karthaus, Northern Italy, and consists of twenty chapters based on lectures from the school. They cover theory, methods, and observations, and introduce readers to essential glaciological topics such as ice-flow dynamics, polar meteorology, mass balance, ice-core analysis, paleoclimatology, remote sensing and geophysical methods, glacial isostatic adjustment, modern and past glacial fluctuations, and ice sheet reconstruction. The chapters were written by thirty-four contributing authors who are leading international authorities in their fields. The book can be used as a graduate-level textbook for a university course, and as a valuable reference guide for practising glaciologists and climate scientists.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXVII, 530 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030425845 , 978-3-030-42584-5
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Slow Viscous Flow 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Coordinate Systems and the Material Derivative 1.2.1 Eulerian and Lagrangian Coordinates 1.2.2 The Material Derivative 1.3 Mass Conservation 1.4 The Stress Tensor and Momentum Conservation 1.4.1 The Stress Tensor 1.4.2 Momentum Conservation 1.4.3 Rheology 1.4.4 The Navier-Stokes Equations 1.4.5 Stokes Flow 1.5 Boundary Conditions 1.5.1 The No-Slip Condition and the Sliding Law 1.5.2 Dynamic Boundary Conditions 1.5.3 Kinematic Boundary Conditions 1.6 Temperature and Energy Conservation 1.7 Glacier and Ice Sheet Flow 1.8 Examples 1.8.1 Uniform Flow on a Slope 1.8.2 Spreading Flow at an Ice Divide 1.8.3 Small-Amplitude Perturbations 1.9 The Shallow Ice Approximation 1.10 Conclusions and Outlook 1.11 Appendix: Non-dimensionalisation Exercises 2 Thermal Structure 2.1 Temperature Profiles 2.2 Boundary Conditions 2.2.1 The Thermal Near-Surface Wave 2.3 Models: Simple to Complicated 2.4 Basal Conditions 2.4.1 Polythermal Ice 2.5 Modelling Issues 2.5.1 Non-dimensionalisation 2.5.2 Thermomechanical Coupling 2.5.3 Thermal Runaway Exercises 3 Sliding, Drainage and Subglacial Geomorphology 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Sliding Over Hard Beds 3.2.1 Weertman Sliding 3.2.2 Nye-Kamb Theory 3.2.3 Sub-temperate Sliding 3.2.4 Nonlinear Sliding Laws 3.2.5 Cavitation 3.2.6 Comparison with Experiment 3.3 Subglacial Drainage Theory 3.3.1 Weertman Films 3.3.2 Röthlisberger Channels (or ‘R-Channels’) 3.3.3 Jökulhlaups 3.3.4 Subglacial Lakes 3.3.5 Linked Cavities 3.3.6 Drainage Transitions and Glacier Surges 3.3.7 Ongoing Developments 3.4 Basal Processes and Geomorphology 3.4.1 Soft Glacier Beds 3.4.2 Drainage Over Till 3.4.3 Geomorphological Processes Exercises 4 Tidewater Glaciers 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Calving 4.3 Tidewater Glacier Dynamics 4.3.1 Tidewater Glacier Retreat and Instability 4.3.2 Tidewater Glacier Advance 4.3.3 Flow Variability of Tidewater Glaciers 4.4 The Link to Climate: Triggers for Retreat 4.4.1 Ice Shelf Collapse and Backstress 4.4.2 Grounded Calving Fronts 4.5 Outlook 5 Interaction of Ice Shelves with the Ocean 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Impact of Melting Ice on the Ocean 5.3 Processes at the Ice-Ocean Interface 5.4 Buoyancy-Driven Flow on Geophysical Scales 5.5 Sensitivity to Ocean Temperature 5.6 Impact of Meltwater Outflow at the Grounding Line 5.7 Fundamentals of the Three-Dimensional Ocean Circulation 5.8 Some Properties and Limitations of the Geostrophic Equations 5.9 Effects of Stratification 5.10 Three-Dimensional Circulation in Sub-Ice-Shelf Cavities Exercises 6 Polar Meteorology 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Shortwave and Longwave Radiation 6.3 Radiation Climate at the Top of the Atmosphere 6.4 Large Scale Circulation 6.5 Surface Energy Balance 6.5.1 Shortwave Radiation 6.5.2 Surface Albedo 6.5.3 Longwave Radiation 6.5.4 Turbulent Fluxes 6.6 Temperature Inversion and Katabatic Winds 6.6.1 Surface Temperature Inversion and Deficit 6.6.2 Katabatic Winds 6.7 Precipitation 6.8 Notes and References Exercises 7 Mass Balance 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Definitions 7.3 Methods 7.3.1 In Situ Observations 7.3.2 Satellite/Airborne Altimetry 7.3.3 Satellite Gravimetry 7.3.4 Mass Budget Method 7.4 Valley Glaciers and Ice Caps 7.4.1 In Situ Observations 7.4.2 Modelling 7.4.3 Dynamical Response 7.4.4 Remote Sensing 7.5 Antarctic Ice Sheet 7.5.1 Spatial SSMB Variability 7.5.2 Blue Ice Areas 7.5.3 Temporal SSMB Variability 7.6 Greenland Ice Sheet 7.6.1 Spatial SSMB Variability 7.6.2 Temporal SSMB Variability 7.6.3 Role of the Liquid Water Balance 8 Numerical Modelling of Ice Sheets, Streams, and Shelves 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Ice Flow Equations 8.2.1 The Shallow Ice Approximation 8.2.2 Analogy with the Heat Equation 8.3 Finite Difference Numerics 8.3.1 Explicit Scheme for the Heat Equation 8.3.2 A First Implemented Scheme 8.3.3 Stability Criteria and Adaptive Time Stepping 8.3.4 Implicit Schemes 8.3.5 Numerical Solution of Diffusion Equations 8.4 Numerically Solving the SIA 8.5 Exact Solutions and Verification 8.5.1 Exact Solution of the Heat Equation 8.5.2 Halfar’s Exact Similarity Solution to the SIA 8.5.3 Using Halfar’s Solution 8.5.4 A Test of Robustness 8.6 Applying Our Numerical Ice Sheet Model 8.7 Shelves and Streams 8.7.1 The Shallow Shelf Approximation (SSA) 8.7.2 Numerical Solution of the SSA 8.7.3 Numerics of the Linear Boundary Value Problem 8.7.4 Solving the Stress Balance for an Ice Shelf 8.7.5 Realistic Ice Shelf Modelling 8.8 A Summary of Numerical Ice Flow Modelling 8.9 Notes Exercises 9 Least-Squares Data Inversion in Glaciology 9.1 Preamble 9.2 Introduction 9.3 The Roots of GPS in Glaciology 9.4 Introduction to GPS 9.4.1 History 9.4.2 Coarse Acquisition (C/A) Code 9.5 The Equations of Pseudorange 9.6 Least-Squares Solution of an Overdetermined System of Linear Equations 9.7 Observational Techniques to Improve GPS Accuracy 9.7.1 The Ionosphere-Free Combination 9.7.2 Carrier-Phase Determined Range and Integer Wavelength Ambiguity 9.7.3 Resolving Range Ambiguity by Phase Tracking 9.7.4 Differential GPS Exercises 10 Analytical Models of Ice Sheets and Ice Shelves 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Perfectly-Plastic Ice Sheet Model 10.3 The Height–Mass Balance Feedback 10.4 Ice-Sheet Profile for Plane Shear with Glen’s Law 10.5 Ice Shelves Exercise 11 Firn 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Firn Densification 11.2.1 Mechanisms of Firn Densification 11.2.2 Firn Densification Models 11.2.3 Firn Layering and Microstructure 11.3 Applications of Firn Models 11.3.1 Ice Sheet Surface Mass Balance from Altimetry 11.3.2 Delta Age Calculations in Deep Ice Cores 11.4 Summary and Conclusions 12 Ice Cores: Archive of the Climate System 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Dating Ice Cores 12.3 Stable Water Isotopes 12.3.1 Basics and Nomenclature 12.3.2 The Isotope Proxy Thermometer 12.3.3 Examples of Isotope Records 12.3.4 Isotope Diffusion in Firn and Ice 12.3.5 Diffusion Thermometry 12.4 Aerosols in Ice 12.4.1 Introduction and Origin of Aerosols in Ice 12.4.2 Aerosol Sources and Transport 12.4.3 Post-depositional Modification 12.4.4 Seasonal Cycles in Aerosol and Particle Constituents in Ice 12.4.5 The Volcanic Signal in Ice and Its Use for Chronological Control 12.4.6 Marine Biogenic MSA and Sea Salt as Sea-Ice Proxies 12.4.7 The Record of Anthropogenic Pollution 12.4.8 Long Aerosol Records from Greenland and Antarctica 12.4.9 Electrical Properties of Ice and Their Relationship to Chemistry 12.5 Gases Enclosed in Ice 12.5.1 Firn Gas and Gas Occlusion 12.5.2 Trace Gases 12.6 Timing of Climate Events Exercises 13 Satellite Remote Sensing of Glaciers and Ice Sheets 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Optical Sensors and Applications 13.2.1 Sensors and Satellites 13.2.2 Applications 13.3 SAR Methods and Applications 13.3.1 Radar Signal Interaction with Snow and Ice 13.3.2 SAR Sensor and Image Characteristics 13.3.3 InSAR Measurement Principles and Applications 13.4 Satellite Altimetry 13.4.1 Altimetry Missions 13.4.2 Measuring Elevation Change 14 Geophysics 14.1 Geophysical Methods: Overview 14.2 Passive Methods 14.2.1 Gravimetry 14.2.2 Magnetics 14.2.3 Seismology 14.3 Active Methods: Basics 14.3.1 Propagation Properties and Reflection Origin 14.3.2 Seismic System Set-Up 14.3.3 Radar System Set-Up 14.4 Data Acquisition and Processing 14.5 Seismic Applications in Ice 14.5.1 Ice Thickness and Basal Topography 14.5.2 Subglacial Structure and Properties 14.5.3 Rheological and Other Englacial Properties 14.6 Radar Applications in Ice 14.6.1 Internal Layer Architecture and Ice Dynamics 14.6.2 Subglacial Conditions 14.6.3 Englacial Conditions 14.7 Notes and References 14.7.1 Further Reading 14.7.2 Gravimetry 14.7.3 General Wave Equation and Solution 14.7.4 Seismic Waves 14.7.5 Electromagnetic Waves Exercises 15 Glacial Isostatic Adjustment 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Earth Response to Loading 15.2.1 Rheology of the Earth 15.2.2 Building an Earth Model 15.2.3 Earth Models Used in Glaciology and Glacial Isostatic Adjustment 15.3 The Cryosphere and Sea Level 15.3.1 Factors Affecting Sea-Level Change 15
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030045890 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Population genomics has revolutionized various disciplines of biology including population, evolutionary, ecological and conservation genetics, plant and animal breeding, human health, medicine and pharmacology by allowing to address novel and long-standing questions with unprecedented power and accuracy. It employs large-scale or genome-wide genetic information and bioinformatics to address various fundamental and applied aspects in biology and related disciplines, and provides a comprehensive genome-wide perspective and new insights that were not possible before. These advances have become possible due to the development of new and low-cost sequencing and genotyping technologies and novel statistical approaches and software, bioinformatics tools, and models. Population genomics is tremendously advancing our understanding the roles of evolutionary processes, such as mutation, genetic drift, gene flow, and natural selection, in shaping up genetic variation at individual loci and across the genome and populations; improving the assessment of population genetic parameters or processes such as adaptive evolution, effective population size, gene flow, admixture, inbreeding and outbreeding depression, demography, and biogeography; resolving evolutionary histories and phylogenetic relationships of extant, ancient and extinct species; understanding the genomic basis of fitness, adaptation, speciation, complex ecological and economically important traits, and disease and insect resistance; facilitating forensics, genetic medicine and pharmacology; delineating conservation genetic units; and understanding the genetic effects of resource management practices, and assisting conservation and sustainable management of genetic resources. This Population Genomics book discusses the concepts, approaches, applications and promises of population genomics in addressing most of the above fundamental and applied crucial aspects in a variety of organisms from microorganisms to humans. The book provides insights into a range of emerging population genomics topics including population epigenomics, landscape genomics, seascape genomics, paleogenomics, ecological and evolutionary genomics, biogeography, demography, speciation, admixture, colonization and invasion, genomic selection, and plant and animal domestication. This book fills a vacuum in the field and is expected to become a primary reference in Population Genomics world-wide
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVII, 822 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783030045890 , 978-3-030-04589-0
    ISSN: 2364-6764 , 2364-6772
    Series Statement: Population Genomics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Population Genomics: Advancing Understanding of Nature / Gordon Luikart, Marty Kardos, Brian K. Hand, Om P. Rajora, Sally N. Aitken, and Paul A. Hohenlohe Part II Methods Genotyping and Sequencing Technologies in Population Genetics and Genomics / J. A. Holliday, E. M. Hallerman, and D. C. Haak Computational Tools for Population Genomics / Jarkko Salojärvi Population and Evolutionary Genetic Inferences in the Whole-Genome Era: Software Challenges / Alexandros Stamatakis Part III Concepts and Approaches Population Epigenomics: Advancing Understanding of Phenotypic Plasticity, Acclimation, Adaptation and Diseases / Ehren R. V. Moler, Abdulkadir Abakir, Maria Eleftheriou, Jeremy S. Johnson, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Lara C. Lewis, Alexey Ruzov, Amy V. Whipple, and Om P. Rajora Landscape Genomics: Understanding Relationships Between Environmental Heterogeneity and Genomic Characteristics of Populations / Niko Balkenhol, Rachael Y. Dudaniec, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Jeremy S. Johnson, David M. Cairns, Gernot Segelbacher, Kimberly A. Selkoe, Sophie von der Heyden, Ian J. Wang, Oliver Selmoni, and Stéphane Joost Paleogenomics: Genome-Scale Analysis of Ancient DNA and Population and Evolutionary Genomic Inferences / Tianying Lan and Charlotte Lindqvist Genome-Wide Association Studies and Heritability Estimation in the Functional Genomics Era / Dunia Pino Del Carpio, Roberto Lozano, Marnin D. Wolfe, and Jean-Luc Jannink Genomic Selection / Elisabeth Jonas, Freddy Fikse, Lars Rönnegård, and Elena Flavia Mouresan Part IV Population, Evolutionary and Ecological Genetics Applications and Inferences Population Genomics Provides Key Insights in Ecology and Evolution / Paul A. Hohenlohe, Brian K. Hand, Kimberly R. Andrews, and Gordon Luikart Inferring Demographic History Using Genomic Data / Jordi Salmona, Rasmus Heller, Martin Lascoux, and Aaron Shafer Advancing Biogeography Through Population Genomics / Jeremy S. Johnson, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Om P. Rajora, Keith D. Gaddis, and David M. Cairns Adaptation Without Boundaries: Population Genomics in Marine Systems / Marjorie F. Oleksiak Population Genomics of Speciation and Admixture / Nicola J. Nadeau and Takeshi Kawakami Population Genomics of Colonization and Invasion / Shana R. Welles and Katrina M. Dlugosch Population Genomics of Crop Domestication: Current State and Perspectives / Philippe Cubry and Yves Vigouroux Population Genomics of Animal Domestication and Breed Development / Samantha Wilkinson and Pamela Wiener Population Genomics of Domestication and Breed Development in Canines in the Context of Cognitive, Social, Behavioral, and Disease Traits / Kristopher J. L. Irizarry and Elton J. R. Vasconcelos Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030730932 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This is a textbook for non-atmospheric specialists who work in the coastal zone. Its purpose will be to help coastal environmental, engineering, and planning professionals to understand coastal atmospheric processes. This in turn will allow more effective communication with climate modelers, atmospheric environmental consultants, and members of the media. The coastal environment is among the most intensively used and chronically abused components of the Earth-ocean-atmosphere system. It is also home to an ever-increasing proportion of humanity with their increasing development, trade, transportation, and industrial activities, amid increasing impacts of natural hazards. The atmosphere is an integral part of the system, with all of the above human activities affecting and being affected by atmospheric processes and hazards. Yet few of the specialists studying the coastal environment have expertise on atmospheric processes, this therefore presents a highly relevant textbook on coastal atmospheric processes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 525 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030730932 , 978-3-030-73093-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to Our Coastal Atmosphere 1 Scope, Uniqueness, and Importance of Our Coastal Atmosphere 2 Atmospheric Composition, Structure, and Evolution Part II Thermodynamics in Our Coastal Atmosphere 3 Energy Transfer and Electromagnetic Radiation 4 Temperature 5 Application of the Gas Laws in Meteorology 6 The Hydrostatic Equation and Adiabatic Processes 7 Atmospheric Moisture 8 Atmospheric Stability and Potential Temperature 9 Measuring and Estimating Atmospheric Stability 10 Using Thermodynamic Diagrams in Meteorology 11 Clouds 12 Precipitation Processes and Types Part III Dynamic Processes in Our Coastal Atmosphere 13 Pressure and Winds 14 Coriolis Effect 15 Effect of Friction 16 Centripetal Acceleration and the Gradient Wind 17 Gravitation 18 The Seven Basic Equations in Weather Forecasting Models 19 Comparison of Weather Forecasting Models and General Circulation Models 20 General Circulation of the Atmosphere Part IV Weather Systems in the Coastal Zone 21 Air Masses 22 Atmospheric Lifting Mechanisms 23 Fronts and the Mid-Latitude Wave Cyclone 24 Thunderstorms 25 Lightning 26 Tornadoes and Waterspouts 27 Advising the Public About the Severe Weather Risk 28 Tropical Cyclones 29 Coastal Flooding 30 Coastal Drought 31 Winter Storms 32 Sea Ice and Weather Systems 33 Summary of Energy Transfer by Atmospheric and Oceanic Motion Part V Atmospheric Boundary Layers and Air-Sea Interaction 34 Introduction to Near-Surface Atmospheric Dynamics 35 The Logarithmic Wind Profile in Neutral Stability Conditions 36 Non-neutral or Diabatic Wind Profile 37 Introduction to the Transition (or Ekman) Layer 38 The Classical Solution to the Atmospheric Ekman Spiral 39 Fundamentals of Air-Sea Interactions 40 Weather Effects on the Coastal Ocean 41 Wind Stress and Turbulent Flux Drag Coefficients Over Water Part VI Air-Sea-Land Interaction 42 Surface Fluxes of Energy, Moisture, and Momentum 43 Sea and Land Breezes 44 Coastal Fog 45 Coastal Upwelling and Weather 46 Atmospheric Impacts on Lake Processes 47 Coastal Jets 48 Atmospheric Optical Effects in the Coastal Zone 49 Solar Radiation in Aquatic Systems Part VII Dispersion and Engineering Applications 50 Meteorology and Climatology of Coastal Cities 51 Atmospheric Dispersion in the Coastal Zone 52 Engineering Aspects of the Wind Profile Appendices References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030313791 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (508 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030313791 , 978-3-030-31379-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1982.073
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 73
    Description / Table of Contents: Die 1981 im Territorium der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik durchgeführten Feldarbeiten und Arbeitsberatungen der Unterkommission 2 bilden den Abschluß einer Reihe von Einsätzen in Typusgebieten der Ophiolithassoziation, wie sie im kleinen Kaukasus und der Seenzone der MVR einerseits sowie in mittel- bis südosteuropäischen Regionen mit besonders problematischen Ophiolith- und Initialitvorkommen andererseits gemeinsam durchgeführt wurden. Diese im Südteil der DDR und SW-Teil der VR Polen besuchten Gebiete gehören zu den klassischen Deformationszonen der Varisziden Zentraleuropas.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (83 Seiten) , Illustrationen , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 73
    Language: German , English , Russian
    Note: Vorwort Hovorka, D.; Pitoňák, P.; Spišiak, J.: Mesozoic basalts of the Malé Karpaty Mts. (the Western Carpathians) - Their significance for the tectonic interpretation of the Variscan granodiorite massif Savu, H.; Udrescu, C.: The prealpine basic and ultramaphic rocks from Romania Pilot, J.: Zu einigen isotopengeochemischen Ergebnissen und Problemen basischer Magmatite Mitteleuropas Виноградова, В.И., Буякайте, М.И.: Изотопный состав стронция в породах Войквро-Сыньинского офиолитового массива Полярного Урала Колчева, К., Желязкова-панайотова, М.: Ультрабазиты и связанное с ним хром-никельмагнетитовое оруденение в районе гор. Ардино (Центральные Родопы, Болгария) Зоненшайн, Л.П.: Сравнение базальтого ложа прошлых и современных океанов Добрецов, Н.Л.: Условня образования пироповых перидотитов и зклогоюитов в кристаллическом Фундаменте Богемского массива и его аналогов Werner, C.-D.: Ophiolites and initialites - a comparing reflection Haupt, M.; Kramer, W.; Noack, C.: Beiträge zum initialen Magmatismus des Saxothuringikums (Vogtländisches Synklinorium) Collective of authors: Final remarks on field work and sessions of the Problem Commission IX, Subcommission 2, in 1981 under the theme 'Ophiolithes and initialites of northern border of the Bohemian massif' Erläuterung der Tafeln
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: 9783319773155 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Intended as a text for upper-division undergraduates, graduate students and as a potential reference, this broad-scoped resource is extensive in its educational appeal by providing a new concept-based organization with end-of-chapter literature references, self-quizzes, and illustration interpretation. The concept-based, pedagogical approach, in contrast to the classic discipline-based approach, was specifically chosen to make the teaching and learning of plant anatomy more accessible for students. In addition, for instructors whose backgrounds may not primarily be plant anatomy, the features noted above are designed to provide sufficient reference material for organization and class presentation. This text is unique in the extensive use of over 1150 high-resolution color micrographs, color diagrams and scanning electron micrographs. Another feature is frequent side-boxes that highlight the relationship of plant anatomy to specialized investigations in plant molecular biology, classical investigations, functional activities, and research in forestry, environmental studies and genetics, as well as other fields. Each of the 19 richly-illustrated chapters has an abstract, a list of keywords, an introduction, a text body consisting of 10 to 20 concept-based sections, and a list of references and additional readings. At the end of each chapter, the instructor and student will find a section-by-section concept review, concept connections, concept assessment (10 multiple-choice questions), and concept applications. Answers to the assessment material are found in an appendix. An index and a glossary with over 700 defined terms complete the volume
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVI, 723 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2019
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783319773155 , 978-3-319-77315-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents I Plants as Unique Organisms; History and Tools of Plant Anatomy 1 The Nature of Plants 1.1 Plants Have Multiple Pigments with Multiple Functions 1.2 Plants Use Water, and the Properties of Water, in Unique Ways 1.3 Plants Use Anabolic Metabolism to Manufacture Every Molecule Needed for Growth and Produce Virtually No Waste 1.4 Cell Walls Are Nonliving Matrices Outside the Plant Cell Membrane that House and/or Perform a Variety of Functions 1.5 The Plant Life Cycle Alternates Between a Haploid Gametophyte Stage and a Diploid Sporophyte Stage 1.6 Meristematic Activity Continues Throughout the Life of a Plant 1.7 Fruits Disperse Seeds Through Space: Dormancy Disperses Seeds Through Time 1.8 Earth’s History Is Divided into Four Major Time Periods 1.8.1 The Precambrian: 4550 to 542 mya 1.8.2 The Paleozoic Era: 542 to 251 mya 1.8.3 The Mesozoic Era: 251–66 mya 1.8.4 The Cenozoic Era: 66 mya to Present 1.9 Life on Earth Has Experienced Five Mass Extinctions: A Sixth Is in Progress 1.10 Many Plants and Animals Have Coevolved 1.11 The Plant Body Consists of Four Organs 1.11.1 Roots 1.11.2 Stems 1.11.3 Leaves 1.11.4 Flowers and Fruit 1.12 Plant Organs Are Initially Made of Three Tissues 1.13 “Plant” Can Be Broadly Defined 1.14 Bryophytes Lack Vasculature and Produce Spores 1.15 Ferns and Fern Allies Are Seedless Tracheophytes 1.16 Gymnosperms Are Seed-Producing Tracheophytes that Lack Flowers and Fruit 1.17 Monocots and Eudicots Are the Two Largest Groups of Angiosperms 1.18 Understanding Plant Structure Requires a Sense of Scale 1.19 “Primary” and “Secondary” Are Important Concepts in Plant Anatomy 1.19.1 Primary Versus Secondary Growth and Meristems 1.19.2 Primary Versus Secondary Xylem and Phloem 1.19.3 Primary Versus Secondary Cell Walls 1.20 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 2 Microscopy and Imaging 2.1 Robert Hooke, 1635–1703, Described a Cell as the Basic Unit of Life by Studying the Bark of the Cork Oak Tree, Quercus suber 2.2 Antoni Van Leeuwenhoek, 1632–1723, Was the First Scientist to Observe Microorganisms 2.3 Nehemiah Grew, 1641–1712, Was the Father of Plant Anatomy 2.4 Robert Brown, 1773–1858, Discovered the Nucleus of the Cell by Studying Orchid Petals 2.5 Katherine Esau, 1898–1997, Advanced the Field of Plant Anatomy with Her Influential Textbooks 2.6 Light Microscopy: The Most Useful Tool of the Plant Anatomist 2.7 The Compound Light Microscope Uses Multiple Lenses to Form and Capture Images 2.8 The Resolving Power of a Lens Places Limits on Resolution and Magnification 2.9 The Confocal Microscope Allows for Sharper Detail, Computer Control, and 3-D Imaging with a Modified Compound Microscope 2.10 Electron Microscopy Allows a View into the World of Cellular Ultrastructure 2.11 The Transmission Electron Microscope Reveals Internal Cellular Detail 2.12 The Scanning Electron Microscope Resolves Surface Detail 2.13 Different Microscopies Produce Different Images of the Same Specimen 2.14 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings II Cellular Plant Anatomy 3 Plant Cell Structure and Ultrastructure 3.1 Plant Cells Are Complex Structures 3.2 Plant Cells Synthesize an External Wall and Contain a Variety of Internal Compartments 3.3 Cells and Cell Organelles Are Typically Bound by Lipid Bilayer Membranes 3.4 Vacuoles Play a Role in Water and Ion Balance 3.5 Plastids Are a Diverse Family of Anabolic Organelles 3.5.1 Proplastid 3.5.2 Etioplast 3.5.3 Elaioplast 3.5.4 Amyloplast 3.5.5 Chromoplast 3.5.6 Gerontoplast 3.5.7 Chloroplast 3.5.8 Chloroplast Functions 3.5.9 The Dimorphic Chloroplasts of C 4 Photosynthesis 3.5.10 Guard Cell Chloroplasts 3.5.11 Sun Versus Shade Chloroplasts 3.6 All Plastids Are Developmentally Related 3.7 Mitochondria Synthesize ATP and Small Carbon Skeletons 3.8 Microbodies Are the Site of Specific Biochemical Pathways 3.9 The Endoplasmic Reticulum Synthesizes Proteins and Some Lipids 3.10 The Golgi Apparatus Processes and Packages Polysaccharides and Proteins for Secretion 3.11 The Nucleus Houses the Cell’s Genetic Material and Participates in Ribosome Synthesis 3.12 The Cytoskeleton Organizes the Cell and Helps Traffic Organelles 3.13 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 4 Mitosis and Meristems 4.1 The Plant Cell Cycle Includes Interphase, Mitosis, and Cytokinesis 4.2 A Pre-prophase Microtubule Band Precedes Mitosis and Defines the Plane of Cell Division 4.3 Mitosis May Be Divided into Distinct, but Continuous, Stages 4.4 Cytokinesis Begins with Initiation of the Cell Plate and Grows by the Deposition of Callose 4.5 Microtubules Play a Critical Role in Mitosis and Cytokinesis 4.6 Apical Meristems Are the Sites of Primary Growth 4.7 The Shoot Apical Meristem Is the Site of Lateral Organ Initiation 4.8 Axillary Buds Arise De Novo in the Developing Leaf Axis 4.9 Tunica-Corpus Organization Describes Shoot Apical Meristem Growth in Many Eudicots 4.10 Gymnosperms Do Not Possess a Tunica-Corpus 4.11 The Root Apical Meristem Provides the Primary Growth of Roots 4.12 Lateral Roots Originate from Inside the Pericycle, Not from the Root Apical Meristem 4.13 Intercalary Meristems Contribute to Stem and Leaf Growth in Monocots 4.14 Many Lower Vascular Plants Have a Single Initial Cell in the Shoot and Root Apical Meristems 4.15 Lateral Meristems Are the Site of Secondary Growth in Eudicots 4.16 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 5 Cell Walls 5.1 Transparent Plant Cell Walls Contain Cellulose and Are Synthesized to the Exterior of the Protoplast 5.2 Primary Cell Walls Are a Structural Matrix of Cellulose and Several Other Components 5.3 Plasmodesmata Connect Adjacent Cells Via Holes in the Primary Cell Wall 5.4 Secondary Cell Walls Are Rigid, Thick, and Lignified 5.5 Pits Are Holes in the Secondary Cell Wall 5.6 Transfer Cells Have Elaborated Primary Cell Walls for High Rates of Transport 5.7 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 6 Parenchyma, Collenchyma, and Sclerenchyma 6.1 Parenchyma Cells Are the Most Common Plant Cell Type 6.2 Parenchyma Cells May Exhibit Totipotency 6.3 Collenchyma Cells Are Used for Support and Are the Least Common Cell Type 6.4 Birefringence Is a Common Phenomenon in Collenchyma Walls 6.5 Sclerenchyma Cells Provide Support, Protection, and Long-Distance Water Transport 6.6 Fibers Impart Support and Protection 6.7 Sclereids Are Reduced Sclerenchyma Cells That Occur Singly or in Clumps 6.8 Xylem Vessel Elements Are Water-Conducting Sclerenchyma 6.9 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings III Vascular Tissues 7 Xylem 7.1 Xylem Is a Complex Tissue Containing Multiple Cell Types, Each with a Specific Structure and Function 7.2 The Primary Functions of Xylem Are Water Conduction, Mineral Transport, and Support 7.3 Tracheids Are Imperforate Tracheary Elements and the Sole Water Conductors in Gymnosperms 7.4 Angiosperm Tracheids, Fiber Tracheids, and Libriform Fibers Represent a Continuum of Imperforate Tracheary Element Design and Function 7.5 Vessel Elements Are Perforate Cells and the Main Water Conductors in Angiosperms 7.6 Vessel Element Side Walls Are Patterned for Strength and Water Movement 7.7 Most Vessel Elements End in a Perforation Plate and Are Connected to Another Vessel Element 7.8 Xylem Parenchyma Are Living Cells Involved in Xylem Metabolism and Protection 7.9 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 8 Phloem 8.1 Phloem Is a Complex Tissue Containing Multiple Cell Types, Each with a Specific Structure and Function 8.2 Phloem’s Main Function Is Photosynthate Translocation 8.3 Sieve Tube Elements Are Living Cells Responsible for Translocation 8.4 Companion Cells Support the Sieve Tube Element and Are Involved in Phloem Loading and Unloading in Angiosperms 8.5 Phloem Parenchyma Cells Are Involved in Radial Translocation, Xylem/Phloem Coordination, and Storage 8.6 Phloem Fibers Protect the Delicate Sieve Tubes 8.7 Secondary Phloem Typically Only Functions for One Growing Season 8.8 Gymnosperm Phloem Is Simpler Than An
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: 9783319955681 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume consists of 15 chapters and focuses on hazardous chemicals, how they are associated with plastics, and their environmental risks. It includes background information on plastics and additives chemistry, and their observed or potential effects on living organisms as well as the oceanographic aspects of marine debris dispersion. The respective chapters provide insights into the sorption/desorption of chemicals in and out of plastics, the mechanisms and kinetics, but also the scale of the concentrations of chemicals found in marine debris, particularly in microplastics. The occurrence of the various chemicals is analyzed, as well as the distribution profiles of the chemicals in microplastics throughout the world’s oceans. The implications of the fact that plastics carry within them several chemicals are discussed in detail. In closing, new research topics that warrant further attention are identified. The book will appeal to all scientists who are already working or interested in starting to work on the topic of marine debris, as well as policymakers, NGOs and the broader informed public
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 315 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319955681 , 978-3-319-95568-1
    ISSN: 1867-979X , 1616-864X
    Series Statement: The handbook of environmental chemistry volume 78
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Additives and Chemicals in Plastics / Anthony L. Andrady and Nepali Rajapakse Food Containers and Packaging Materials as Possible Source of Hazardous Chemicals to Food / Evangelia Manoli and Dimitra Voutsa Release of Additives and Monomers from Plastic Wastes / Charita S. Kwan and Hideshige Takada Degradation of Various Plastics in the Environment / Kalliopi N. Fotopoulou and Hrissi K. Karapanagioti Occurrence of Marine Litter in the Marine Environment: A World Panorama of Floating and Seafloor Plastics / Christos Ioakeimidis, François Galgani, and George Papatheodorou Sources, Distribution, and Fate of Microscopic Plastics in Marine Environments / Richard C. Thompson Nature of Plastic Marine Pollution in the Subtropical Gyres / Marcus Eriksen, Martin Thiel, and Laurent Lebreton Hazardous Chemicals in Plastics in Marine Environments: International Pellet Watch / Rei Yamashita, Kosuke Tanaka, Bee Geok Yeo, Hideshige Takada, Jan A. van Franeker, Megan Dalton, and Eric Dale Sorption of Hydrophobic Organic Compounds to Plastics in the Marine Environment: Equilibrium / Satoshi Endo and Albert A. Koelmans Sorption of Hydrophobic Organic Compounds to Plastics in the Marine Environment: Sorption and Desorption Kinetics / Hrissi K. Karapanagioti and David Werner Biofilms on Plastic Debris and Their Influence on Marine Nutrient Cycling, Productivity, and Hazardous Chemical Mobility / Tracy J. Mincer, Erik R. Zettler, and Linda A. Amaral-Zettler Ingestion of Plastics by Marine Organisms / Peter G. Ryan Transfer of Hazardous Chemicals from Ingested Plastics to Higher-Trophic-Level Organisms / Kosuke Tanaka, Rei Yamashita, and Hideshige Takada The Role of Plastic Debris as Another Source of Hazardous Chemicals in Lower-Trophic Level Organisms / Chelsea M. Rochman Conclusions of “Hazardous Chemicals Associated with Plastics in Environment” / Hrissi K. Karapanagioti and Hideshige Takada Erratum to: Food Containers and Packaging Materials as Possible Source of Hazardous Chemicals to Food / Evangelia Manoli and Dimitra Voutsa Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1982.074
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 74
    Description / Table of Contents: Vom 27. bis 29. Oktober 1981 fand in Karl-Marx-Stadt die 1. Konferenz zur Thematik "Stand und Entwicklungstendenzen der Fernerkundung", gemeinsam organisiert von der Arbeitsgruppe "Naturwissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Geofernerkundung" und dem Methodisch-diagnostischen Zentrum Fernerkundung am ZIPE, statt. An ihr nahmen über 150 Mitarbeiter aus etwa 35 verschiedenen Einrichtungen und Institutionen der DDR teil. Die Vortragsveranstaltungen, die als Plenarsitzungen und in einzelnen Sektionen stattfanden, waren folgenden Themenkreisen gewidmet: - Grundsatzfragen, - Methodische Grundlagen und Gerätetechnik zur Auswertung von Fernerkundungsdaten, - Gewinnung von Zusatzinformationen, Einfluß der Atmosphäre auf Fernerkundungsdaten, - Photogrammetrisch-Kartographische Aspekte der Fernerkundung, - Methodische Ergebnisse zur geologischen Nutzung von Fernerkundungsdaten, - Nutzung von Fernerkundungsdaten in Land- und Forstwirtschaft einschl. Flächennutzungskartierung, - Nutzung von Fernerkundungsdaten in Wasserwirtschaft und Umweltschutz, Fernerkundung des Ozeans, - Fragen der Ausbildung.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (278 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Fotos
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 74
    Language: German
    Note: Kautzleben, H.; Marek, K.-H.: Vorwort Stiller, H.: Begrüßung der Konferenz Kautzleben, H.: Eröffnung der Konferenz Kautzleben, H.; Marek, K.-H.: Zur Entwicklung der Geofernerkundung in der DDR Geschke, A.: Möglichkeiten der Datengewinnung durch den Betrieb Bildflug der INTERFLUG Krämer, J.: Bereitstellung von kosmischen Bildern und Erzeugnissen durch den VEB Kombinat Geodäsie und Kartographie Seidel, E.; Haaken, M.: Zur Bestimmung des ökonomischen Nutzens der Fernerkundung in Umweltschutz und Wasserwirtschaft Grundlagen und Gerätetechnik zur Auswertung von Daten der Fernerkundung Söllner, R.: Zur Formalisierung fernerkundungsspezifischer Erkennungsprozesse Kroitzsch, V.; Frubrich, M.: Optisch-fotografische Bildbearbeitung für Aufgabenstellungen der Fernerkundung Szangolies, K.: Das optisch-fotografische Gerätesystem des VEB Carl Zeiss JENA zur Fernerkundung der Erde Methodik der Geologischen Nutzung von Daten der Fernerkundung Stiewe, H.: Digitale Bildfilterung - ein Hilfsmittel zur Aufbereitung von Bildmaterial für eine geologische Aussage Jahn, H.: Anwendung von Klassifizierungsverfahren in der geologischen Fernerkundung auf der Basis von Strahlungsmeßdaten im thermischen Infrarot Ergebnisse regionaler geologischer Untersuchungen Krull, P.; Langer, M.; Rosemann, H.: Methodischer Beitrag zur tektonischen Analyse im Südteil der DDR Kühn, F.; Oleikiewitz, P.: Die Nutzung der Multispektraltechnik zur Früherkennung von senkungs- und erdfallgefährdeten Gebieten Nutzung von Daten der Fernerkundung in der Land- und Forstwirtschaft Bormann, P.: Nutzung von Fernerkundungsdaten für die Konstruktion von Flächenrahmen in einem landwirtschaftlichen Informationssystem Behrens, J.: Stand und Möglichkeiten der Nutzung von Orthophotos in der Pflanzenproduktion der DDR Reinhold, A.; Heymann, H.-C.; Richter, A.: Vergleichende Auswertung von MKF-6-Farbsynthesebildern und spektrozonalen Luftbildern für landwirtschaftliche Aufgabenstellungen Clausnitzer, J. : Zur Differenzierbarkeit verschiedener Getreidearten in MKF-6-Fotos Storck, H.-J.; Weichelt, H.: Beispiele für die Anwendung von Fernerkundungsdaten in der Obstproduktion Nutzung von Daten der Fernerkundung für die Flächennutzungskartierung Barsch, H.: Der Interpretationsertrag von Flugzeug- und Satellitenaufnahmen für die Flächennutzung Hengelhaupt, U.; Bacinski, E.; Krönert, R.; Schubert, L.: Digitale Bildverarbeitung mit EC 1040 zur Dechiffrierung der Hauptarten der Flächennutzung aus Multispektralfotos Frey, L.; Schubert, L.: Methode zur Ableitung einer Flächennutzungskarte 1 : 50 000 aus multispektralen Luftbildern Der Einfluss der Atmosphäre auf Daten der Fernerkundung v. Hoyningen-Huene, W.: Zur Veränderlichkeit der atmosphärischen Trübung im Spektralbereich von 340 bis 1100 nm Wellenlänge Spänkuch, D.: Abschätzung des Störeinflusses meteorologischer Parameter bei der Bestimmung der effektiven Strahlungstemperatur im Bereich 8 - 12 µm Döhler, W.; Spänkuch, D.: Zum Aufbau eines Absorptionsatlas für atmosphärische Gase Gewinnung con Zusatzinformationen Weichelt, H.; Herr, W.; Rößler, s.; Söllner, R.: Methodik und erste Ergebnisse von Bodenexperimenten auf Testflächen Zur Fernerkundung des Ozeans Lommatzsch, D.: Die Fernerkundung der Ozeane - Probleme und erste Ergebnisse Gohs, L.: Einfluß der inhärenten meeresoptischen Eigenschaften auf die Remission des Meerwassers Siegel, H.: Erste Untersuchungen zum inneren Remissionskoeffizienten Rw des Ostseewassers Nutzung von Daten der Fernerkundung in Wasserwirtschaft und Umweltschutz Slawik, D.; Voigt, T.: Zum Nachweis von Komponenten der Wasserqualität Haseloff, R.; Seidel, E.: Zum Nachweis von Luftschadstoffen mit Mitteln der Fernerkundung Trapp, R.: Bodengebundene Fernmeßmethoden für atmosphärische Schadgase Photogrammetrisch-kartograohische Aspekte der Fernerkundung Pietschner, J. : Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Photogrammetrie und Fernerkundung Guske, W.: Kluge, W.: Zur Verwendung von MKF-6-Aufnahmen in der Kartographie Bormann, P.: Zur Frage des Auflösungsvermögens von Fernerkundungssensoren Pross, E.: Geometrische Verzerrungen in kosmischen photographischen Aufnahmen Methodische Fragen der Auswertung von Daten der Fernerkundung Herr, W.: Der Einfluss von Störgrößen in Fernerkundungsdaten auf die automatische Klassifizierung Siebert, R.: Grundprinzipien und Anwendungen optischer Filterverfahren zur Bildverbesserung Harnisch, G.: Die Anwendung von Verfahren der digitalen Bildbearbeitung bei der Auswertung von Daten der TIROS- und NOAA-Wettersatelliten Röser, S.: Untersuchungen zur Auswertemethodik von SLAR-Aufnahmen Bankwitz, P.; Bankwitz, E.; Frischbutter, A.; Röser, S.: Möglichkeiten der geologischen Interpretation von Radar-Aufnahmen Fragen der Ausbildung Hoffmann, F.: Fernerkundung und Automatisierung kartographischer Prozesse - Konsequenzen für die kartographische Hochschulausbildung Bonau, U.: Stand und Tendenzen der Fernerkundung in Lehre und Forschung an der Wilhelm-Pieck-Universität Rostock
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: 9783030523244 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book investigates the multifaceted nature of change in today’s Nordic Arctic and the necessary research and policy development required to address the challenges and opportunities currently faced by this region. It focuses its attention on the recent efforts of the Nordic community to create specialized Centers of Excellence in Arctic Research in order to facilitate this process of scientific inquiry and policy articulation. The volume seeks to describe both the steps that lead to this decision and the manner in which this undertaking as evolved. The work highlights the research efforts of the four Centers and their investigations of a variety of issues including those related to ecosystem and wildlife management, the revitalization resource dependent communities, the emergence of new climate-born diseases and the development of adequate modeling techniques to assist northern communities in their efforts at adaptation and resilience building. Major discoveries and insights arising from these and other efforts are detailed and possible policy implications considered. The book also focuses attention on the challenges of creating and supporting multidisciplinary teams of researchers to investigate such concerns and the methods and means for facilitating their collaboration and the integration of their findings to form new and useful perspectives on the nature of change in the contemporary Arctic. It also provides helpful consideration and examples of how local and indigenous communities can be engaged in the co-production of knowledge regarding the region. The volume discusses how such research findings can be best communicated and shared between scientists, policymakers and northern residents. It considers the challenges of building common concern not just among different research disciplines but also between bureaucracies and the public. Only when this bridge-building effort is undertaken can true pathways to action be established. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030523244 , 978-3-030-52324-4
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I 1 An Introduction / Douglas C. Nord 2 NordForsk as a Facilitator of Integrated Research on the Arctic / Gunnel Gustafsson Part II 3 CLINF: Climate-Change Effects on the Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases, and the Associated Impacts on Northern Societies / Birgitta Evengård and Tomas Thierfelder 4 CLINF: An Integrated Project Design / Tomas Thierfelder and Birgitta Evengård 5 Modeling Climate Sensitive Infectious Diseases in the Arctic / Gia Destouni, Zahra Kalantari, Shaun Quegan, Didier Leibovici, Juha Lemmetyinen, and Jaakko Ikonen 6 Reindeer Herding and Coastal Pastures: Adaptation to Multiple Stressors and Cumulative Effects / Grete K. Hovelsrud, Camilla Risvoll, Jan Åge Riseth, Hans Tømmervik, Anna Omazic, and Ann Albihn Part III 7 The ARCPATH Project: Assessing Risky Environments and Rapid Change: Research on Climate, Adaptation and Coastal Communities in the North Atlantic Arctic / Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, Yongqi Gao, Níels Einarsson, Noel Keenlyside, and Leslie A. King 8 The Climate Model: An ARCPATH Tool to Understand and Predict Climate Change / Shuting Yang, Yongqi Gao, Koenigk Torben, Noel Keenlyside, and François Counillon 9 Whale Ecosystem Services and Co-production Processes Underpinning Human Wellbeing in the Arctic: Case Studies from Greenland, Iceland and Norway / Laura Malinauskaite, David Cook, Brynhildur Davíðsdóttir, and Helga Ögmundardóttir 10 “Small Science”: Community Engagement and Local Research in an Era of Big Science Agendas / Catherine Chambers, Leslie A. King, David Cook, Laura Malinauskaite, Margaret Willson, Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, and Níels Einarsson Part IV 11 Project ReiGN: Reindeer Husbandry in a Globalizing North–Resilience, Adaptations and Pathways for Actions / Øystein Holand, Jon Moen, Jouko Kumpula, Annette Löf, Sirpa Rasmus, and Knut Røed 12 What Drives the Number of Semi-domesticated Reindeer? Pasture Dynamics and Economic Incentives in Fennoscandian Reindeer Husbandry / Antti-Juhani Pekkarinen, Jouko Kumpula, and Olli Tahvonen 13 Reindeer Herders as Stakeholders or Rights-Holders? Introducing a Social Equity-Based Conceptualization Relevant for Indigenous and Local Communities / Simo Sarkki, Hannu I. Heikkinen, and Annette Löf 14 Working Together: Reflections on a Transdisciplinary Effort of Co-producing Knowledge on Supplementary Feeding in Reindeer Husbandry Across Fennoscandia / Tim Horstkotte, Élise Lépy, and Camilla Risvoll Part V 15 Is There Such a Thing as ‘Best Practice’? Exploring the Extraction/Sustainability Dilemma in the Arctic / Sverker Sörlin 16 When Mines Go Silent: Exploring the Afterlives of Extraction Sites / Dag Avango and Gunhild Rosqvist 17 Mining Emotions: Affective Approaches to Resource Extraction / Frank Sejersen and Kirsten Thisted Part VI 18 The Challenge of Synthesis: Lessons from Arctic Climate Predictions: Pathways to Resilient, Sustainable Societies (ARCPATH) / Leslie A. King and Astrid E. J. Ogilvie 19 The Assessment and Evaluation of Arctic Research – Where Have We Come From and Where Do We Need to Go in the Future? / Andre van Amstel, Amy Lauren Lovecraft, Maureen Biermann, Roberta Marinelli, and Douglas C. Nord 20 Findings and Conclusions: Pathways to Action / Douglas C. Nord
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: 9783030752781 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses the improvement and dissemination of knowledge on methods, policies and technologies for increasing the sustainability of development by de-coupling growth from natural resources and replacing them with knowledge-based economy, taking into account its economic, environmental and social pillars, as well as methods for assessing and measuring sustainability of development, regarding water and environment. This book gathers scholar and experts in related fields. All attendees from a vast range of companies, universities and government institutions acquire advanced technical knowledge and are introduced to new fields through discussions that focus on their own specialties as well as a variety of interdisciplinary areas. The authors hope most of scholars can find what they really need in this book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 343 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030752781 , 978-3-030-75278-1
    ISSN: 1863-5520 , 1863-5539
    Series Statement: Environmental science and engineering
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Solar Thermal Energy Production in DSF Applied in the Human Comfort Improvements / Eusébio Conceição, Ma Inês Conceição, Ma Manuela Lúcio, João Gomes, André Ramos, and Hazim Awbi 2 Hydraulics Geometry Analysis of UPNM Channel / Zuliziana Suif, Saiful Syazwan Wahi Anuar, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Siti Khadijah Che Osmi 3 Productivity Enhancement of Solar Still Distillation System Using Immersion-Type Water Heater / Nordila Ahmad, Norhasirah Mohd Isa, Zuliziana Suif, Maidana Othman, Jestin Jelani, and Jaafar Adnan 4 Stability Analysis of a Man-Made Slope: A Case Study on the UPNM Campus, Sg Besi, Kuala Lumpur / Jestin Jelani, Mohamad Saiful Adli Hah, Mohd Nazrin Mohd Daud, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Wan Mohamed Syafuan Wan Mohamed Sabri 5 Comparison of the Full-Scale Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant Designs Consisting of Modified Bardenpho Process with and Without Membrane Bioreactor for Nutrient Removal: Cost Analysis / Shahryar Jafarinejad 6 Analysis of the Influence of Wax Precipitation and Paraffin Control Technology on Environmental Protection / Deyin Zhao, Yi Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, Lirong Yao, and Gaojie Liang 7 Impact of Abandoned Oil Well on Ecological Environment and Analysis of Geothermal Exploitation / Lirong Yao, Yi Zhao, Deyin Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, and Jinbao Li 8 Numerical Evaluation of the Temperature Distribution in a Tree Trunk in a Forest Fire Environment / Eusébio Conceição, João Gomes, Maria Manuela Lúcio, Jorge Raposo, Domingos Xavier, and Maria Teresa Viegas 9 Analysis of Soluble Organic Polar Fractions from Sea Salt by GC–MS / Guo-hua Chang, Kang-ping Zhao, Bin Yue, Zhuo-xin Yin, Xiao-ke Li, and Hai-li Sun 10 Microplastics in Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plants: Dynamic Distribution, Seasonal Variation, and Removal Efficiencies / Sujarat Saiwaree and Vorapot Kanokkantapong 11 Spatial–Temporal Variation Analysis on Ecosystem Service Values in a Typical Inland River Basin, Northwest China / Mingtao Li, Lingfen Kang, and Chuancheng Zhao 12 Transportation of Chromium(VI) from Hydrochloric Acid Medium via a Dispersion Supported Liquid Membrane Using N235 / Yingxue Li, Yijian Zhong, Jiaheng Wu, Qingsong Shao, Xiaoyan Chen, and Yan Zhu 13 Effects of Important Factors on Determination of Metals in Soil Samples Using Hand-Held X-ray Fluorescence / Zhuoxin Yin, Yijun Wen, Weidong Chen, Fanxiang Han, Guohua Chang, and Caiping Yao 14 Collaboration Mapping in Sustainable Development: A Case Study from Haze in Chiang Mai / Pongtip Thiengburanathum 15 Greywater Treatment in Continuous Flow Solar Photocatalytic Reactor Using Graphite Supported Nitrogen-Doped TiO2 / Kumari Priyanka, Neelancherry Remya, and Manaswini Behera 16 Effect of Current and Electrodes Area to Color Removal Efficiency and Energy Consumption by Electrocoagulation Process / Bang-on Nareerob and Ponlakit Jitto 17 Accessing the Sustainable Developments Principle of Protection of the Mekong River’s Water Resources / Thuy Hang Tran, Hong Hanh Pham, and Thanh Hoa Ha 18 Key Technology and Economic Analysis of Using Fujiang River Water as the Cooling and Heating Sources for Air Conditioning System / Zhang Wei, Fu Daoyou, Yao Mingqiang, and Gan Shiyuan 19 Highly Effective Magnetic Silica-Chitosan Hybrid for Sulfate Ion Adsorption / Sukamto, Yuichi Kamiya, Bambang Rusdiarso, and Nuryono 20 Statistical Analysis of Water and Sediment Research in Heilongjiang River Basin / Ning Yu, Lei Zhang, Jun Li, and Yousheng Wang 21 Empowering Citizens’ Resilience - The FLOODLABEL / P. Meier, H. Meyer, A. Schüttrumpf, and G. Johann 22 Sustainable Environmental Planning of a Tourist Destination Bulgaria - State and Trends / Elenita Velikova 23 Analytical Approach for Sustainable Multi-Objective Management of Sediment-Algae Dynamics / Hidekazu Yoshioka and Saya Hashimoto 24 From Convergent to Ecological Transition—Challenges for the Management and Regional Development of Bulgaria / Georgi Tsolov and Nikola Tanakov 25 Comparison Methods of Carbon Oil Sorbents Hardening / Elena Ushakova, Liliya Soloveva, and Andrey Ushakov 26 Integration of Experimental and Numerical Methods to Investigate the Effect of Hydraulic Retention Time on Ultrafiltration Membrane Fouling / Meng Yao, Ting Chen, Zhilin Ran, Xiaoqing Dong, and Guosheng Wang 27 Using Electrodialysis to Recycle Chemical Polishing Agent from Anodizing Industry / Jih-Hsing Chang, Mohanraj Kumar, and Shan-Yi Shen 28 Methodological Aspects of Strategic Regional Planning for Achieving Sustainable Development in Bulgaria / Georgi Nikolov, Elka Vasileva, and Desislava Botseva 29 Study on the Model of Construction Safety Risk Evaluation Coupling Multiple Factors in Navigable Waters / Hui Sun, Yuchi Hao, Jiaming Qu, Ping Zhu, and Runli Tao 30 Distribution Characteristics of Plastic Particles in Coastal and Beach of Hsinchu, Taiwan / Ying-Fang Hsu, Feng-Hsin Chang, Pei-Yi Feng, Hsiao-Chien Huang, Chi-Yu Chuang, Shinhao Yang, and Wei-Ting Liu
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: 9783030332082 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Until recently, the prevailing view of marine life at high latitudes has been that organisms enter a general resting state during the dark Polar Night and that the system only awakens with the return of the sun. Recent research, however, with coordinated, multidisciplinary field campaigns based on the high Arctic Archipelago of Svalbard, have provided a radical new perspective. Instead of a system in dormancy, a new perspective of a system in full operation and with high levels of activity across all major phyla is emerging. Examples of such activities and processes include: Active marine organisms at sea surface, water column and the sea-floor. At surface we find active foraging in seabirds and fish, in the water column we find a high biodiversity and activity of zooplankton and larvae such as active light induced synchronized diurnal vertical migration, and at seafloor there is a high biodiversity in benthic animals and macroalgae. The Polar Night is a period for reproduction in many benthic and pelagic taxa, mass occurrence of ghost shrimps (Caprellides), high abundance of Ctenophores, physiological evidence of micro- and macroalgal cells that are ready to utilize the first rays of light when they appear, deep water fishes found at water surface in the Polar night, and continuous growth of bivalves throughout the winter. These findings not only begin to shape a new paradigm for marine winter ecology in the high Arctic, but also provide conclusive evidence for a top-down controlled system in which primary production levels are close to zero. In an era of environmental change that is accelerated at high latitudes, we believe that this new insight is likely to strongly impact how the scientific community views the high latitude marine ecosystem. Despite the overwhelming darkness, the main environmental variable affecting marine organisms in the Polar Night is in fact light. The light regime during the Polar Night is unique with respect to light intensity, spectral composition of light and photoperiod. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 375 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (farbig)
    ISBN: 9783030332082 , 978-3-030-33208-2
    ISSN: 2468-5720 , 2468-5712
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology volume 4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, and Jonathan H. Cohen 2 The Marine Physical Environment During the Polar Night / Finlo Cottier and Marie Porter 3 Light in the Polar Night / Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Mark A. Moline, Geir Johnsen, and Artur P. Zolich 4 Marine Micro- and Macroalgae in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Eva Leu, and Rolf Gradinger 5 Zooplankton in the Polar Night / Jørgen Berge, Malin Daase, Laura Hobbs, Stig Falk-Petersen, Gerald Darnis, and Janne E. Søreide 6 Benthic Communities in the Polar Night / Paul E. Renaud, William G. Ambrose Jr., and Jan Marcin Węsławski 7 Fish Ecology During the Polar Night / Maxime Geoffroy and Pierre Priou 8 Biological Clocks and Rhythms in Polar Organisms / Kim S. Last, N. Sören Häfker, Vicki J. Hendrick, Bettina Meyer, Damien Tran, and Fabio Piccolin 9 Sensor-Carrying Platforms / Asgeir J. Sørensen, Martin Ludvigsen, Petter Norgren, Øyvind Ødegård, and Finlo Cottier 10 Operative Habitat Mapping and Monitoring in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Aksel A. Mogstad, Jørgen Berge, and Jonathan H. Cohen 11 Life and Light at the Dead of Night / Jørgen Berge and Geir Johnsen Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030526559 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the atmosphere of our planet, and discusses historical and contemporary achievements in meteorological science and technology for the betterment of society. The book explores many significant atmospheric phenomena and physical processes from the local to global scale, as well as from the perspective of short and long-term time scales, and links these processes to various applications in other scientific disciplines with linkages to meteorology. In addition to addressing general topics such as climate system dynamics and climate change, the book also discusses atmospheric boundary layer, atmospheric waves, atmospheric chemistry, optics/photometeors, electricity, atmospheric modeling and numeric weather prediction. Through its interdisciplinary approach, the book will be of interest to researchers, students and academics in meteorology and atmospheric science, environmental physics, climate change dynamics, air pollution and human health impacts of atmospheric aerosols. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 437 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030526559 , 978-3-030-52655-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References 2 Meteorology as a Natural Science 2.1 Definition of the Atmosphere 2.2 Methods of Research of the Atmosphere 2.2.1 Experimental Method of Research 2.3 Relationship Between Meteorology and Other Sciences 2.4 Classification of Meteorology 2.4.1 Classification Based on the Studied Area 2.4.2 Classification According to the Scale of Processes 2.5 The Modern Term of Meteorology References 3 Historical Background 3.1 Aristotle’s Meteorologica 3.2 Early Research Period 3.3 Modern Research Period References 4 Structure and Composition of the Atmosphere 4.1 Earth Spheres 4.2 Basic Characteristics of the Atmosphere 4.3 Origin of the Atmosphere 4.4 Chemical Composition of the Atmosphere 4.5 Significant Atmospheric Gases 4.5.1 General Facts About the Atmosphere 4.6 Atmospheric Structure 4.6.1 Thermal Structure of the Atmosphere 4.7 Magneto-electronic Structure References 5 Energy and Radiation 5.1 Basic Features 5.2 Radiation Laws 5.3 Electromagnetic Radiation 5.4 Solar Radiation 5.4.1 Solar Constant 5.4.2 Direct Solar Radiation 5.4.3 Diffused Solar Radiation (D) 5.4.4 Solar Radiation Factors 5.4.5 Temporal and Spatial Changes in Insolation 5.5 Optical Radiation 5.5.1 UV Index 5.5.2 UV Index Factors 5.6 Ozone Layer 5.7 Earth Longwave Radiation 5.7.1 Earth’s Annual and Global Mean Energy Budget 5.7.2 Earth’s Heat Balance 5.7.3 Earth Radiation Budget and the Planetary Temperature 5.7.4 The Simple Greenhouse Model References 6 Atmospheric Thermodynamics 6.1 Definition 6.1.1 Thermodynamic System 6.2 An Ideal Gas Law 6.2.1 The Equation of State of Dry Air 6.2.2 The Equation of State of Moist Air 6.3 First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.3.1 The First Principle of Thermodynamics for an Ideal Gas 6.3.2 Enthalpy 6.3.3 Poisson Equations 6.3.4 Potential Temperature 6.3.5 Implementation of the First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4 The Second Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4.1 Definition of Entropy 6.4.2 Summary on Reversible and Irreversible Processes References 7 Air Temperature 7.1 Air Temperature Definition 7.2 Heat and Temperature 7.2.1 Heat Transfer 7.3 Temperature Factors 7.3.1 Heat Advection 7.4 Temperature Changes 7.4.1 Daily Insolation and Pure Radiation 7.4.2 Daily Air Temperature Distribution 7.4.3 Vertical Temperature Change 7.4.4 Adiabatic Changes of Temperature 7.4.5 Temperature Inversion 7.4.6 Global Distributions of Temperature 7.4.7 Surface Temperatures 7.4.8 Urban Heat Island 7.5 Temperature Scales 7.6 Isotherms 7.7 Latitudinal Heat Balance References 8 Atmospheric Pressure and Wind 8.1 Mass of the Atmosphere 8.2 Definition of Atmospheric Pressure 8.3 Geopotential 8.4 Barometric Pressure Distribution 8.4.1 Pressure Gradient 8.4.2 Isobars 8.4.3 Isohypses 8.4.4 Hydrostatic Balance 8.5 Pressure Systems 8.6 Daily Pressure Distribution 8.7 Reduction of the Surface Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure (MSL) 8.8 Hydrostatic Equilibrium (Approximation) 8.9 Standard Atmosphere 8.10 Barotropic vs Baroclinic Atmosphere 8.11 Reduction on Atmospheric Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure 8.12 Stream Field 8.13 Definition of Wind 8.14 Classification of the Winds 8.14.1 Permanent Wind 8.14.2 Trade Winds 8.14.3 Anti-trade Winds 8.14.4 Periodic Winds 8.14.5 Local Winds 8.14.6 Land and Sea Breezes 8.14.7 Mountain and Valley Winds 8.14.8 Katabatic Winds References 9 Atmospheric Stability 9.1 Air Stability 9.2 Static Atmospheric Stability 9.3 Stability Due to Air Movement 9.4 Convective Instability 9.5 Low-Level Inversions References 10 Atmospheric Moisture 10.1 Water Vapour in the Atmosphere 10.2 Air Moisture Quantities 10.3 The Relative Humidity 10.4 The Moisture Deficit 10.5 A Dew Point Temperature 10.6 The Phase Changes 10.7 Condensation and Evaporation References 11 Clouds and Precipitation 11.1 Formation of Clouds 11.1.1 Air Saturation Mechanism 11.1.2 Adiabatic Cooling 11.1.3 Water Vapour Supply by Air Mixing 11.1.4 Mixing and Diffusion 11.1.5 Diabatic Cooling 11.1.6 Formation of Cloud Elements 11.1.7 Precipitation 11.1.8 The Mechanism of Ice Nucleation 11.1.9 Classification of the Microprocesses 11.2 Cloud Definition and Classification 11.2.1 Cloud Classification 11.2.2 Cloud Classification by Form 11.2.3 Cloud Classification Based on Height 11.2.4 International Cloud Classification 11.2.5 Cloud Classification by Composition 11.2.6 Classification by Mechanism of Formation 11.2.7 Special Clouds 11.3 Fog 11.3.1 Fog Types and Formation 11.4 Hydrometeors 11.4.1 Precipitation 11.4.2 Orographic Rainfall 11.4.3 Convective Rainfall 11.4.4 Frontal Rainfall References 12 Atmospheric Motion 12.1 Real Forces 12.1.1 Pressure Gradient Force 12.1.2 Gravity 12.1.3 Friction 12.2 The Forces That Are the Effects of Earth’s Rotation 12.2.1 Centrifugal Force 12.2.2 Coriolis Force (C) 12.3 Some Common Resultant Forces 12.3.1 Earth’s Gravity Force 12.3.2 Buoyancy Force 12.4 Atmospheric Motion 12.4.1 The Equation of Motion in a System Rotating Together with the Earth 12.5 Application of the Equations of Horizontal Motion 12.5.1 Geostrophic Wind (V g) 12.5.2 Thermal Wind (V T ) 12.5.3 Gradient Wind 12.5.4 Quasi-geostrophic Equations of Motion 12.6 Vertical Motions in the Atmosphere 12.7 Vorticity Equation 12.8 Basic Characteristics of Vorticity 12.8.1 Positive Vorticity Advection PVA and Upward Air Motion References 13 Atmospheric Waves 13.1 Waves: General Features 13.2 Wave Equation 13.2.1 Mathematical Description of 1-D Waves 13.3 Atmospheric Waves 13.3.1 History Studying Atmospheric Waves 13.3.2 Atmospheric Waves: Definition 13.3.3 Factors that Form a Wave 13.3.4 Basic Wave Properties and Classification 13.4 The Mathematical Concept of Atmospheric Waves 13.4.1 Atmospheric Sound Waves 13.4.2 Gravity Waves 13.4.3 Inertial-Gravity Waves 13.4.4 Rossby Waves References 14 Atmospheric Boundary Layer (ABL) 14.1 ABL Historical Overview 14.2 ABL Definition and Basic Characteristics 14.2.1 ABL Significance 14.3 ABL Structure 14.3.1 Surface Layer 14.3.2 Mixing Layer 14.3.3 Residual Layer 14.3.4 Stable Boundary Layer 14.3.5 Free Atmosphere 14.4 Factors Influence on ABL Structure 14.4.1 The Neutral PBL 14.4.2 The Ekman Wind Spiral 14.4.3 Unstable Stratified Atmospheric Boundary Layer References 15 General Circulation of the Atmosphere 15.1 General Atmospheric Circulation Definition 15.2 Conceptual Model of the General Atmospheric Circulation 15.3 Three-Cell Model of Circulation 15.3.1 Circulation in Hadley Cell 15.3.2 Intertropical Convergence Zone 15.3.3 Zonal Pressure Patterns 15.3.4 Upper Tropospheric Wind and Pressure Patterns 15.4 The Wind Patterns 15.4.1 Eastern and Western Winds 15.5 Global Distribution of Pressure, Rainfall, and Climate 15.6 Ocean Circulation 15.6.1 Major Ocean Currents 15.7 Ocean Waves 15.8 Large-Scale Circulation Modes 15.8.1 North Atlantic (NAO) and Artic Oscillation (AO) 15.8.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 15.8.3 La Nina 15.9 Winds at the Regional Scale: Monsoon 15.10 Jet Streams 15.10.1 A Waiver Jet Stream 15.11 Rossby Planetary Waves References 16 Air Masses and Fronts 16.1 Definition of Air Masses 16.1.1 Air Mass Source Region 16.1.2 Formation Criteria 16.2 Air Mass Classification 16.2.1 Polar Continental and Artic Continental Air Masses (cP and cA) 16.2.2 Maritime Polar Air Masses (mP) 16.2.3 Tropical Maritime Air Masses (mT) 16.3 Air Mass Modification 16.4 Fronts (Frontal Boundaries) 16.4.1 Types of Weather Fronts 16.4.2 Occluded Fronts References 17 Cyclones and Anticyclones 17.1 General Terms 17.2 Low-Pressure Systems: Cyclones 17.2.1 Formation of Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.2 Life Cycle of the Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.3 Cyclone Movement 17.2.4 Upper Level Low 17.3 High-Pressure System: Anticyclone 17.4 Weather Conditions Associate with Cyclones and Anticyclones References 18 Tropical Storms 18.1 General Overview 18.2 Tropical Cyclone Formation 18.2.1 General Factors 18.2.2 The Basic Ingredients 18.3 Areas of Formation 18.4 Classification of Tropical Cyclones 18.5 Tropical Storm Structure 18.5.1 Cyclonic Eye 18.5.2 Eyewall
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1985.083
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 83
    Description / Table of Contents: Zur regionalen Verteilung der Horizontalstylolithen im Tafeldeckgebirge der DDR von Christoph Janssen Ausgehend von der Zielsetzung einer Rekonstruktion der Paläospannungsverteilung am Südrand der Nordostdeutschen Senke erfolgten tektonische, petrophysikalische und gefügekundliche Untersuchungen in unterschiedlichen Regionaleinheiten. Bei der Interpretation der Ergebnisse flossen Überlegungen der mathematisch modellierten Spannungsverteilung mit ein. Den Schwerpunkt innerhalb der geotektonischen Untersuchungsmethodik bildeten die tektonischen Stylolithen. Deshalb wurden den Fragestellungen der Genese (Drucklösungstheorie), Klassifizierung und Interpretation der Stylolithen breiter Raum eingeräumt. Die vergleichenden Untersuchungen an Schädelnähten zeigten Analogien zwischen Druck- und Schädelsuturen auf. Die petrophysikalischen Untersuchungen verfolgten das Ziel, die Ergebnisse der tektonischen Geländeaufnahmen zu ergänzen und zu modifizieren. Die regionale Analyse der Paläospannungsverteilung auf der Grundlage der geschilderten Methoden ergab im wesentlichen folgende Ergebnisse: a) Die Bindung der tektonischen Stylolithen an den großregionalen Strukturbau. b) Eine Änderung der tektonischen Stylolithenverteilung in Bereichen regionaler und lokaler Störungszonen. Die Bindung an den großregionalen Strukturbau wird besonders deutlich bei einem Vergleich der Hauptrichtungen der tektonischen Stylolithen (1. Maximum) mit den Mächtigkeitsgradienten der Terebratelzone (Anlage 5). Die immer wieder qurchschlagende rheinische Richtungsgruppe bildet dabei drei rhenotype Strukturachsen, von denen sich zwei ausgehend von der Südthüringisch-Fränkischen Scholle bis zur Allertal-Störungszone verfolgen lassen. Die Einflußnahme der Störungen auf die lokale Spannungsverteilung konnte ausgehend von einem theoretischen Modell an konkreten Beispielen nachgewiesen werden. Dabei wurde deutlich, daß eine Spannungsverteilung mit rheinisch orientierter Hauptnormalspannung nicht im Widerspruch zu herzynischen Richtungsmaxima in Bereichen lokaler und regionaler Störungszonen steht. Die lokalen Spannungsänderungen werden entscheidend vom tektonischen Bau und der zeitlichen Anlage der Störung bestimmt. Als Wirkungszeitraum der Mehrzahl der untersuchten Indikationen wird der Zeitabschnitt Zechstein-Trias angenommen.
    Description / Table of Contents: Zur kleintektonischen Analyse, Bewertung und Interpretation tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen von C.-H. Friedel Die Bearbeitung und die kleintektonische Interpretation tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen wird durch die enge genetische Beziehung der Drucklösungerscheinungen zum tektonischen Flächeninventar bestimmt. - Auf diesen Aspekt und einige damit zusammenhängende Fragen wird in der vorliegenden Arbeit ausführlicher eingegangen. Vergleichende Felduntersuchungen, die im paläozoischen Schiefergebirge und im Tafeldeckgebirge durchgeführt wurden, bildeten die Grundlage dieser Arbeit. Die dabei erzielten Ergebnisse werden besonders im Hinblick auf die Ausbildung der Drucklösungserscheinungen dargestellt und diskutiert. Sie enthalten Aussagen zu verschiedenen Deformationselementen (Schieferung, Klüftung, Störungstektonik, spezielle Muschelkalkgefüge), ohne daß damit gleichzeitig eine umfassende und regionale Analyse erreicht und angestrebt wurde. Drucklösungsvorgänge, in allen Stadien der Diagenese und postdiagenetisch wirksam, setzen bevorzugt und im allgemeinen auch cogenetisch im Zuge ruptureller Deformationsprozesse ein. Die Drucklösung trägt wesentlich zur Flächenbildung bzw. zur Entstehung von Teilbarkeiten bei (Klüfte, Schieferungsflächen). Insbesondere die bruchhafte Deformation ermöglicht einen ausgedehnteren Lösungstransport, wodurch eine wichtige Bedingung für das Wirksamwerden von Drucklösungsvorgängen erfüllt wird, Als Teil des tektonischen Flächeninventars entspricht die Ausbildung tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen (Suturflächen, Stylolithenrichtung) überwiegend dem Bau und der Anordnung dieses Flächeninventars, Die Orientierung der Stylolithen, als Merkmal einer gerichteten Kompression, ist jedoch kein ausreichendes Indiz zur Bewertung dar Hauptnormalspannungen und zur Festlegung der Hauptkompressionsrichtung. Unter anderem können die spezifischen Bedingungen des Lösungstransportes die Ausrichtung der Stylolithen beeinflussen (gerichteter Lösungstransport). Nur in Verbindung mit weiteren, cogenetisch mit den tektonischen Drucklösungserscheinungen entstandenen Deformationselementen, welche eine derartige Festlegung auch ausreichend begründen, ist die Zuordnung einer stylolithischen Richtungsgruppe zur Hauptdruckrichtung möglich. Auch über die Raumlage der Hauptnormalspannungsachsen bzw. der Deformationsvektoren im Spannungsellipsoid entscheidet in erster Linie das tektonische Flächengefüge, da die räumliche Orientierung der (H-)Stylolithen nicht stets die Lage dieser Achsen wiedergibt (Einfluß des sedimentären Gefüges). Insgesamt ist die Bearbeitung tektonischer Drucklösungerscheinungen eine Auseinandersetzung mit grundsätzlichen Problemen. Sie betrifft unter anderem Fragen zur Kluftgenese sowie allgemein zu den Beziehungen zwischen Bruchbildung und Drucklösung (vgl. ARTHAUD & MATTAUER 1969, s. 743), zur Entstehungszeit und den Entstehungsbedingungen tektonischer Gefüge innerhalb der strukturellen Gesamtentwicklung (früh-, spätdiagenetisch; epirogen, tektogen) und zur Spannungsverteilung, unter der die verschiedenen Deformationsgefüge entstanden sind, Der Brauchbarkeit tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen für die Rekonstruktion der (Paläo-)Spannungsverteilung und zur Ermittlung der Hauptkompressionsrichtung sind Grenzen gesetzt. Das zeigte sich im paläozoischen Grundgebirge ebenso wie im Tafeldeckgebirge, Auf die teilweise überschätzte Bewertung dieser spezifischen Gefügeelemente hinzuweisen, ist deshalb ein wichtiges Anliegen dieser Arbeit.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (133 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Fotos
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 83
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Teil I Janssen, Chr.: Zur regionalen Verteilung der Horizontalstylolithen im Tafeldeckgebirge der DDR Zusammenfassung 1. Wissenschaftliche Zielsetzung 2. Grundlagen 2.1. Stylolithen 2.1.1. Historisches 2.1.2. Begriffserklärung 2.1.3. Genese der Stylolithen (Drucklösungstheorie) 2.1.4. Die Quantifizierung von Drucklösungsvorgängen 2.1.5. Analogien zwischen Druck- und Schädelsuturen 2.2. Sigmoidalklüfte 2.2.1. Literaturanalyse 2.2.2. Begriffserklärung 2.2.3. Sigmoidalklüfte als tektonische Indikationen 2.2.4. Zeitliche Anlage der Sigmoidalklüftung 2.3. Rupturen 2.4. Petrophysikalische Untersuchungen 2.4.1. Probennahme 2.4.2. Probenvorbereitung 2.4.3. Bestimmung der Ausbreitungsgeschwindigkeiten elastischer Wellen 2.4.3.1. Der Prozeß der Anisotropisierung 2.4.3.2. Theoretische und experimentelle Grundlagen der Ultraschallmessungen 2.4.3.3. Methodik und Versuchsdurchführung der Ultraschallmessungen 2.4.4. Röntgentexturanalyse 2.4.4.1. Grundlage der Röntgentexturanalyse 2.4.4.2. Aufnahmemethodik und Durchführung der Messungen 3. Paläospannungsverteilung in den Untersuchungsgebieten 3.1. Südthüringisch-Fränkische Scholle 3.1.1. Rhön-Scholle 3.1.2. Heldburg-Scholle 3.1.3. Fränkische Störungszone 3.2. Thüringische Senke 3.2.1. Eichsfeld-Scholle 3.2.2. Ohmgebirgsgrabenzone 3.2.3. Bleicherode-Stadtrodser Scholle 3.2.3.1. Dün 3.2.3.2. Hainleite 3.3. Subherzyne Senke 3.3.1. Harz-Nordrandstörung 3.3.2. Oschersleben-Bernburger Scholle 3.3.2.1. Huy 3.3.2.2. Rakel 3.3.2.3. Bernburger Sattel 3.3.3. Allertal-Störungszone 4. Mathematische Modellierung der Spannungsverteilung 4.1. Physikalische Voraussetzungen 4.2. Modell I 4.3. Modell II 5. Darstellung und Interpretation der regionalen Untersuchungsergebnisse 5.1. Vorkommen und Ausbildung der Stylolithen und Sigmoidalklüfte 5.2. Morphologie und Geometrie der H.-Stylolithen 5.3. Die räumliche Entwicklung der Paläospannungsverteilung unter Berücksichtigung der mathematischen Modellierung 5.3.1. Allgemeine Aussagen 5.3.2. Beziehungen zum großregionalen Strukturbau 5.3.3. Beziehungen zu lokalen und regionalen Störungen 5.4. Die zeitliche Entwicklung der Paläospannungsverteilung 5.4.1. Aussagen zum Bildungszeitraum der untersuchten Indikationen 5.4.2. Modell der Paläospannungsverteilung 5.5. Ursachen der Spannungsverteilung Literaturverzeichnis Verzeichnis der Anlagen Teil II Friedel, c.H.: Zur kleintektonischen Analyse, Bewertung und Interpretation tektonischer Drucklösungserscheinungen Zusammenfassung 1. Einleitung 2. Tektonische Drucklösungsgefüge in paläozoischen Schiefergebirgskalken 2.1. Zur Ausbildung der Schieferungsflächen 2.2. Tektonisch beeinflußte Drucklösungsvorgänge auf Schichtflächen (Vs1-Stylolithenflächen) 2.3. Tektonische und lithofazielle Faktoren 2.4. Zusammenfassung und Schlußfolgerungen 3. Tektonische Drucklösungserscheinungen in postvariszischen Karbonatgesteinen des Tafeldeckgebirges 3.1. Beziehungen zwischen dem rupturellen Deformationsgefüge und tektonischen Drucklösungserscheinungen 3.1.1. Altersbeziehungen zwischen tektonischen Drucklösungsflächen 3.1.2. Ergebnisse im Unteren Muschelkalk 3.2. Bemerkungen zur Interpretation der Horizontalstylolithen 3.2.1. Kluftgebundene Orthogonalsysteme 3.2.2. Drucklösungserscheinungen in Störungsbereichen (Störungskinematik) 4. Faktoren und Bedeutung des Lösungstransportes Literaturverzeichnis
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: 9789811614903 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book comprehensively summarizes the biological mechanisms of coloration and pattern formation of animals at molecular and cellular level, offering up-to-date knowledge derived from remarkable progress in the last 10 years. The brilliant coloration, conspicuous patterns and spectacular color changes displayed by some vertebrates and invertebrates are generally their strategies of the utmost importance for survival. Consists of mainly three parts, starts with introductory chapter, such as Pigments and Pigment Organelles, Developmental Genetics of Pigment Cell Formation, Adult Pigment Patterns, and Color Changes, this book introduces new pigment compounds in addition to classically known pigments and organelles, explains how the generation of multiple types of pigment cell is genetically controlled, describes the mechanisms underlying the zebrafish stripe formation as well as other animals and also summarizes the mechanism of physiological and morphological color changes of teleost, amphibian and cephalopod. Written by experts in the field, this book will be essential reading for graduate students and researchers in biological fields who are interested in pigmentation mechanisms of animals.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 472 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811614903 , 978-981-16-1490-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Pigments and Pigment Organelles 1 Pigments in Insects / Ryo Futahashi and Mizuko Osanai-Futahashi 2 Melanins in Vertebrates / Kazumasa Wakamatsu and Shosuke Ito 3 Body Color Expression in Birds / Toyoko Akiyama and Keiji Kinoshita 4 Pigments in Teleosts and their Biosynthesis / Tetsuaki Kimura 5 Bioluminescence and Pigments / José Paitio and Yuichi Oba Part II Pigment Cell and Patterned Pigmentation 6 Development of Melanin-Bearing Pigment Cells in Birds and Mammals / Heinz Arnheiter and Julien Debbache 7 Pigment Cell Development in Teleosts / Hisashi Hashimoto, Makoto Goda, and Robert N. Kelsh 8 Pigment Patterning in Teleosts / Jennifer Owen, Christian Yates, and Robert N. Kelsh 9 Theoretical Studies of Pigment Pattern Formation / Seita Miyazawa, Masakatsu Watanabe, and Shigeru Kondo 10 Evolution of Pigment Pattern Formation in Teleosts / David M. Parichy and Yipeng Liang 11 Mechanisms of Feather Structural Coloration and Pattern Formation in Birds / Shinya Yoshioka and Toyoko Akiyama 12 Mechanism of Color Pattern Formation in Insects / Yuichi Fukutomi and Shigeyuki Koshikawa Part III Color Changes 13 Physiological and Morphological Color Changes in Teleosts and in Reptiles / Makoto Goda and Takeo Kuriyama 14 Color Change in Cephalopods / Yuzuru Ikeda 15 Physiological and Biochemical Mechanisms of Insect Color Change Towards Understanding Molecular Links / Minoru Moriyama
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: 9783030647773 (e-book)
    In: Water science and technology library, volume 99
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a step-by-step methodology and derivation of deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN), especially for estimating parameters, with back-propagation as well as examples with real datasets of hydrometeorology (e.g. streamflow and temperature) and environmental science (e.g. water quality). Deep learning is known as part of machine learning methodology based on the artificial neural network. Increasing data availability and computing power enhance applications of deep learning to hydrometeorological and environmental fields. However, books that specifically focus on applications to these fields are limited. Most of deep learning books demonstrate theoretical backgrounds and mathematics. However, examples with real data and step-by-step explanations to understand the algorithms in hydrometeorology and environmental science are very rare. This book focuses on the explanation of deep learning techniques and their applications to hydrometeorological and environmental studies with real hydrological and environmental data. This book covers the major deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN) as well as the conventional artificial neural network model.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 204 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030647773 , 978-3-030-64777-3
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library volume 99
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What is Deep Learning? 1.2 Pros and Cons of Deep Learning 1.3 Recent Applications of Deep Learning in Hydrometeorological and Environmental Studies 1.4 Organization of Chapters 1.5 Summary and Conclusion References 2 Mathematical Background 2.1 Linear Regression Model 2.1.1 Simple Linear Regression 2.1.2 Multiple Linear Regression 2.2 Time Series Model 2.2.1 Autoregressive Model (AR) 2.3 Probability Distributions 2.3.1 Normal Distributions 2.3.2 Gamma Distribution 2.4 Exercises References 3 Data Preprocessing 3.1 Normalization 3.2 Data Splitting for Training and Testing 3.3 Exercises 4 Neural Network 4.1 Terminology in Neural Network 4.1.1 Components of Neural Network 4.1.2 Activation Functions 4.1.3 Error and Loss Function 4.1.4 Softmax and One-Hot Encoding 4.2 Artificial Neural Network 4.2.1 Simplest Network 4.2.2 Feedforward and Backward Propagation 4.2.3 Network with Multiple Input and Output Variables 4.2.4 Python Coding of the Simple Network 4.3 Exercises 5 Training a Neural Network 5.1 Initialization 5.2 Gradient Descent 5.3 Backpropagation 5.3.1 Simple Network 5.3.2 Full Neural Network 5.3.3 Python Coding of Network 5.4 Exercises Reference 6 Updating Weights 6.1 Momentum 6.2 Adagrad 6.3 RMSprop 6.4 Adam 6.5 Nadam 6.6 Python Coding of Updating Weights 6.7 Exercises References 7 Improving Model Performance 7.1 Batching and Minibatch 7.2 Validation 7.2.1 Python Coding of K-Fold Cross-Validation 7.3 Regularization 7.3.1 L-Norm Regularization 7.3.2 Dropout 7.3.3 Python Coding of Regularization 7.4 Exercises Reference 8 Advanced Neural Network Algorithms 8.1 Extreme Learning Machine (ELM) 8.1.1 Basic ELM 8.1.2 Generalized ELM 8.1.3 Python Coding 8.2 Autoencoder 8.2.1 Vanilla Autoencoder 8.2.2 Regularized Autoencoder 8.2.3 Python Coding of Regularized AE 8.3 Exercises Reference 9 Deep Learning for Time Series 9.1 Recurrent Neural Network 9.1.1 Backpropagation 9.1.2 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.2 Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) 9.2.1 Basics of LSTM 9.2.2 Example of LSTM 9.2.3 Backpropagation of a Simple LSTM 9.2.4 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.3 Gated Recurrent Unit (GRU) 9.3.1 Basics of GRU 9.3.2 Example of GRU 9.3.3 Backpropagation of a Simple GRU Model 9.4 Exercises References 10 Deep Learning for Spatial Datasets 10.1 Convolutional Neural Network (CNN) 10.1.1 Definition of Convolution 10.1.2 Elements of CNN 10.2 Backpropagation of CNN 10.3 Exercises 11 Tensorflow and Keras Programming for Deep Learning 11.1 Basic Keras Modeling 11.2 Temporal Deep Learning (LSTM and GRU) 11.3 Spatial Deep Learning (CNN) 11.4 Exercises References 12 Hydrometeorological Applications of Deep Learning 12.1 Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.1 Mathematical Description for Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.2 Colorado Monthly Streamflow 12.1.3 Results of Colorado River 12.1.4 Python Coding 12.1.5 Matlab Coding 12.2 Forecasting Daily Temperature with LSTM 12.2.1 Preparing the Data 12.2.2 Methodology 12.2.3 Results 12.2.4 Python Coding 12.3 Exercises References 13 Environmental Applications of Deep Learning 13.1 Remote Sensing of Water Quality Using CNN 13.1.1 Introduction 13.1.2 Study Area and Monitoring 13.1.3 Field Data Collection 13.1.4 Point-Centered Regression CNN (PRCNN) 13.1.5 Results and Discussion 13.1.6 Conclusion 13.1.7 Python Coding References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: 9783030665760 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book honors the career of Professor Elizabeth Gierlowski-Kordesch who was a pioneer and leader in the field of limnogeology since the 1980s. Her work was instrumental in guiding students and professionals in the field until her untimely death in 2016. This collection of chapters was written by her colleagues and students and recognize the important role that Professor Gierlowski-Kordesch had in advancing the field of limnogeology. The chapters show the breadth of her reach as these have been contributed from virtually every continent. This book will be a primary reference for scientists, professionals and graduate students who are interested in the latest advances in limnogeologic processes and basin descriptions in North and South America, Europe, Africa, and China. *Free supplementary material available online for chapters 3,11,12 and 13. Access by searching for the book on link.springer.com.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 592 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030665760 , 978-3-030-66576-0
    ISSN: 2211-2731 , 2211-274X
    Series Statement: Syntheses in limnogeology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Introduction to Limnogeology: Progress, Challenges, and Opportunities: A Tribute to Elizabeth Gierlowski-Kordesch / Michael R. Rosen, Lisa Park Boush, David B. Finkelstein, and Sila Pla-Pueyo Part II African Lake Modern and Ancient Animal Traces in the Extreme Environments of Lake Magadi and Nasikie Engida, Kenya Rift Valley / Jennifer J. Scott, Robin W. Renaut, Luis A. Buatois, R. Bernhart Owen, Emma P. McNulty, Mona Stockhecke, Kennie Leet, Tim K. Lowenstein, and M. Gabriela Mángano Part III European Lakes Lake-Level Fluctuations and Allochthonous Lignite Deposition in the Eocene Pull-Apart Basin “Prinz von Hessen” (Hesse, Germany) – A Palynological Study / Maryam Moshayedi, Olaf K. Lenz, Volker Wilde, and Matthias Hinderer How Changes of Past Vegetation and Human Impact Are Documented in Lake Sediments: Paleoenvironmental Research in Southwestern Germany, a Review / Manfred Rösch, Karl-Heinz Feger, Elske Fischer, Matthias Hinderer, Lucas Kämpf, Angelika Kleinmann, Jutta Lechterbeck, Elena Marinova, Antje Schwalb, Gegeensuvd Tserendorj, and Lucia Wick Large-Scale Slumps and Associated Resedimented Deposits in Miocene Lake Basins from SE Spain / José P. Calvo, David Gómez-Gras, and Miguel A. Rodríguez-Pascua Lacustrine and Fluvial Carbonate Microbialites in the Neogene of the Ebro Basin, Spain: A Summary of Up-to-Date Knowledge / Concha Arenas-Abad, Leticia Martin-Bello, F. Javier Pérez-Rivarés, Nerea Santos-Bueno, and Marta Vázquez-Urbez Part IV North America Ecological Response of Ostracodes (Arthropoda, Crustacea) to Lake-Level Fluctuations in the Eocene Green River Formation, Fossil Basin, Wyoming, USA /Lisa E. Park Boush, Christine M. S. Hall, Lucas S. Antonietto, and Andrew J. McFarland History of Great Salt Lake, Utah, USA: since the Termination of Lake Bonneville / Charles G. Oviatt, Genevieve Atwood, and Robert S. Thompson What’s New About the Old Bonneville Basin? Fresh Insights About the Modern Limnogeology of Great Salt Lake / Kathleen Nicoll Middle Holocene Hydrologic Changes Catalyzed by River Avulsion in Big Soda Lake, Nevada, USA / Michael R. Rosen, Liam Reidy, Scott Starratt, and Susan R. H. Zimmerman Diatom Record of Holocene Moisture Variability in the San Bernardino Mountains, California, USA / Scott W. Starratt, Matthew E. Kirby, and Katherine Glover A 12,000 Year Diatom-Based Paleoenvironmental Record from Lago De Zirahuén, Mexico / Isabel Israde-Alcántara, C. G. Vázquez, Sarah Davies, Ben Aston, and Margarita Caballero Miranda Sedimentary Record of the Zacapu Basin, Michoacán, México, and Implications for P’urhépecha Culture During the Preclassic and Postclassic Periods / Diana C. Soria-Caballero, Víctor Hugo Garduño-Monroy, Isabel Israde-Alcántara, Ángel G. Figueroa-Soto, M. Gabriela Gómez-Vasconcelos, and Nathalie Fagel Stratigraphy and Sedimentology of the Upper Pleistocene to Holocene Lake Chalco Drill Cores (Mexico Basin) / Blas Valero-Garcés, Mona Stockhecke, Socorro Lozano-García, Beatriz Ortega, Margarita Caballero, Peter Fawcett, Josef P. Werne, Erik Brown, Susana Sosa Najera, Kristin Pearthree, David McGee, Alastair G. E. Hodgetts, and Rodrigo Martínez Submarine Groundwater Discharge as a Catalyst for Eodiagenetic Carbonate Cements Within Marine Sedimentary Basins / Elizabeth H. Gierlowski-Kordesch, Gar W. Rothwell, Ruth A. Stockey, and David B. Finkelstein Part V South America Reconstructing Paleoenvironmental Conditions Through Integration of Paleogeography, Stratigraphy, Sedimentology, Mineralogy and Stable Isotope Data of Lacustrine Carbonates: An Example from Early Middle Triassic Strata of Southwest Gondwana, Cuyana Rift, Argentina / C. A. Benavente, A. C. Mancuso, and K. M. Bohacs Part VI Asia Modern Sedimentary Systems of Qinghai Lake / Jiang Zaixing and Liu Chao Freshwater Microbialites in Early Jurassic Fluvial Strata of the Pranhita-Godavari Gondwana Basin, India / Suparna Goswami and Parthasarathi Ghosh Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: 9783319777887 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the result of collaboration within the framework of the Third International Scientific School for Young Scientists held at the Ishlinskii Institute for Problems in Mechanics of Russian Academy of Sciences, 2017, November. The papers included describe studies on the dynamics of natural system – geosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere—and their interactions, the human contribution to naturally occurring processes, laboratory modeling of earth and environment processes, and testing of new developed physical and mathematical models. The book particularly focuses on modeling in the field of oil and gas production as well as new alternative energy sources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 382 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319777887 , 978-3-319-77788-7
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Tyrrhenian Continent Ragmentation / Al. A. Schreider, A. A. Schreider, and A. E. Sazhneva Long Waves Influence on Polarization Ratio for Microwave Backscattering from the Sea Surface / Alexandr Zapevalov Elimination of Hydrocarbons Spills on Water Objects and Fluorescent Diagnostics of Water Pureness / T. O. Chaplina and E. V. Stepanova Investigations of Internal Waves in the Seas of Russia and in the Central Atlantic / K. S. Grigorenko and S. M. Khartiev Critically Stressed Fractures and Their Relation to Elastic Moduli / Nikita Vladislavovich Dubinya and Ilya Vladimirovich Fokin Mechanical Properties of Thin Films of Coals by Nanoindentation / Elena Kossovich, Svetlana Epshtein, Nadezhda Dobryakova, Maxim Minin, and Darya Gavrilova Using the Variational Approach and Adjoint Equations Method Under the Identification of the Input Parameter of the Passive Admixture Transport Model / Sergey Germanovich Demyshev, Vladimir Sergeevich Kochergin, and Sergey Vladimirovich Kochergin Mechanisms Accounting for Interannual Variability of Advective Heat Transport in the North Atlantic Upper Layer / A. B. Polonsky and P. A. Sukhonos Convective Jets: Volcanic Activity and Turbulent Mixing in the Boundary Layers of the Atmosphere and Ocean / Alexander Vulfson, Oleg Borodin, and Petr Nikolaev Theoretical and Experimental Evaluation of Formation Fluid Composition Influence on Filtration and Elastic Properties of Porous Media / Daniil Karmanskiy and Andrey Maltsev Synchronous Changes of Geophysical Fields in the Earth’s Near-Surface Zone / Svetlana Riabova and Alexander Spivak Vertical Mass Transport by Weakly Nonlinear Inertia-Gravity Internal Waves / A. A. Slepyshev and D. I. Vorotnikov Field Investigation and Numerical Simulation of Wind-Wave Interaction at the Middle-Sized Inland Reservoirs / G. A. Baydakov, A. M. Kuznetsova, V. V. Papko, A. A. Kandaurov, M. I. Vdovin, D. A. Sergeev, and Yu. I. Troitskaya Multidecadal Variability of Hydro-Thermodynamic Characteristics and Heat Fluxes in North Atlantic / N. A. Diansky and P. A. Sukhonos Reconstruction of Hydrophysical Fields in the Coastal Region of the Black Sea on the Basis of Hydrodynamic Model with Assimilation of Observational Data / Demyshev Sergei and Evstigneeva Natalia The Vertical Turbulent Exchange Features in the Black Sea Active Layer / A. S. Samodurov and A. M. Chukharev Model of Oscillations of Earth’s Poles Based on Gravitational Tides / S. A. Kumakshev Laboratory Modeling of Ring Geophysical Structures / B. Shvilkin Principles of Controlling the Apparatus Function for Achieving Super-Resolution in Imagers / E. N. Terentiev, N. E. Terentiev, and I. I. Farshakova A Regular System of Vortices in a Circular Stratified Flow Behind the Edge of a Rotating Disk / Roman N. Bardakov Comparison of Empirical Sea-Surface Slopes Probability Densities for the Purposes of Satellite Sounding / Nick Evgenievich Lebedev and Alexandr Sergeevich Zapevalov Mathematical Modeling of Thermomechanical Behavior of Porous Impermeable Medium with Active Filler / M. V. Alekseev, E. B. Savenkov, and N. G. Sudobin Evaluation of the Temporal Dynamics of Oceanic Eddies with Initial Peripheral Rate Shift / Alexander Aleхeyevich Solovyev and Dmitry Alexandrovich Solovyev Reservoir Proxy Model as a Part of Geo-Technological Model of Gas Fields and Underground Gas Storages / Sergey A. Kirsanov, Andrey V. Chugunov, Oleg S. Gatsolaev, Yan S. Chudin, Ivan А. Fedorov, Aleksey A. Kontarev, and Alexandra P. Popovich Understanding of Rock Material Behavior Under Dynamic Loadings Based on Incubation Time Criteria Approach / A. N. Martemyanov and Yu. V. Petrov Analytical Research of Character of Relative Permeability Function Under Unsteady Two-Phase Filtration / D. U. Semiglasov and V. M. Maximov Estimation of the Hydraulic Fracture Propagation Rate in the Laboratory Experiment / M. Trimonova, E. Zenchenko, N. Baryshnikov, S. Turuntaev, P. Zenchenko, and A. Aigozhieva Paleomagnetism of Some Basalts Samples from the Red Sea Rift Zone / V. I. Maksimochkin and L. R. Preobrazhenskii Influence of Hydrodynamic Perturbations on Dispersion Characteristics of a Near-Water Aerosol / V. N. Nosov, S. G. Ivanov, V. I. Pogonin, V. I. Timonin, N. A. Zavyalov, E. A. Zevakin, and A. S. Savin A Comparative Analysis of Optical Methods for Detection and Prediction of Radionuclides Migration in the Geosphere / B. P. Yakimov, G. S. Budylin, V. G. Petrov, V. V. Fadeev, S. N. Kalmykov, S. A. Evlashin, and E. A. Shirshin Advanced Procedure for Estimation of Phytoplankton Fluorescence Quantum Yield Using Remote Sensing Data: A Comparative Study of the Amundsen Sea Polynyas / Elena E. Nikonova, Evgeny A. Shirshin, Victor V. Fadeev, and Maxim Y. Gorbunov The Exact Mathematical Models of Nonlinear Surface Waves / Anatoly Kistovich Numerical Analysis and Prediction of the Consequences of Natural and Technological Impacts in Coastal Areas of the Azov Sea / T. Ya. Shul’ga, S. M. Khartiev, and A. R. Ioshpa The Problem of Forecasting of Vertical Temperature Distribution in Inland Hydrophysical Objects with Experimental Data / D. Gladskikh, D. Sergeev, G. Baydakov, I. Soustova, and Yu. Troitskaya Modeling Geomechanical Processes in Oil and Gas Reservoirs at the True Triaxial Loading Apparatus / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, and Yu. F. Kovalenko Modeling of Deformation and Filtration Processes Near Wells with Emphasis of their Coupling and Effects Caused by Anisotropy / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, Yu. F. Kovalenko, and K. B. Ustinov Effect of a Tidal Wave Caused by Large Gliding Satellite on Formation of 220 km Seismic Boundary and Split of the Mantle into Blocks / S. Kasyanov and V. Samsonov Influence of Baroclinicity on Sea Level Oscillations in the Baltic Sea / Evgeny Zakharchuk, Natalia Tikhonova, Anatoly Gusev, and Nikolay Diansky Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9783030258658 (e-book)
    In: Ecological studies, Volume 239
    Description / Table of Contents: Domestic and wild large mammalian herbivores occur on every continent except Antarctica. Through their browsing and grazing, they affect the structure and distribution not only of vegetation, but also of associated fauna. Consequently, the interactions between management practices and herbivore populations influence the biodiversity, structure and dynamics of ecosystems across vast expanses around the globe: signs of human activity that will be detectable for epochs to come. As a follow-up work to The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing, published in 2008, this new volume presents cutting-edge research on the behaviour, distribution, movement, and direct and indirect impacts of domestic and wild herbivores on terrestrial ecosystems. The respective chapters highlight strategic and applied research on cross-cutting issues in palaeontology and ecology, and provide concrete recommendations on the management of large herbivores to integrate production and conservation in terrestrial systems. Given its scope, the book will appeal to students, researchers and anyone interested in understanding these fascinating wild animals and how they shape the natural world
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 451 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030258658 , 978-3-030-25865-8
    ISSN: 2196-971X , 0070-8356
    Series Statement: Ecological studies 239
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing II / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins 2 The Palaeontology of Browsing and Grazing / Juha Saarinen 3 The Paleoecological Impact of Grazing and Browsing: Consequences of the Late Quaternary Large Herbivore Extinctions / John Rowan and J. T. Faith 4 Morphological and Physiological Adaptations for Browsing and Grazing / Daryl Codron, Reinhold R. Hofmann, and Marcus Clauss 5 Feeding Ecology of Large Browsing and Grazing Herbivores / Jan A. Venter, Mika M. Vermeulen, and Christopher F. Brooke 6 Population Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates in the Anthropocene / Christian Kiffner and Derek E. Lee 7 Community Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Charudutt Mishra, Munib Khanyari, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Kulbhushansingh R. Suryawanshi 8 Weather and Climate Impacts on Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Randall B. Boone 9 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Soil Biota and Nutrient Dynamics / Judith Sitters and Walter S. Andriuzzi 10 Effects of Grazing and Browsing on Tropical Savanna Vegetation / Frank van Langevelde, Claudius A. D. M. van de Vijver, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Thomas A. Groen 11 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Plant Characteristics and Dynamics / Autumn E. Sabo 12 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Faunal Biodiversity / Krisztián Katona and Corli Coetsee 13 Interactions Between Fire and Herbivory: Current Understanding and Management Implications / Izak P. J. Smit and Corli Coetsee 14 Managing Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Richard W. S. Fynn, David J. Augustine, and Samuel D. Fuhlendorf 15 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing in Other Vertebrate Taxa / Iain J. Gordon, Herbert H. T. Prins, Jordan Mallon, Laura D. Puk, Everton B. P. Miranda, Carolina Starling-Manne, René van der Wal, Ben Moore, William Foley, Lucy Lush, Renan Maestri, Ikki Matsuda, and Marcus Clauss 16 Browsers and Grazers Drive the Dynamics of Ecosystems / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: http://d-nb.info/1104292440/34
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ii, 77 Seiten, 73 verschieden gezählte Seiten)
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Volltext  (OpenAccess Lizenz (außer Creative Commons License))
    Language: German
    Note: Zusammenfassung in englischer Sprache
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:101:1-2019112011541657732737
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (110, 40, 4, 8 Seiten) , Diagramme
    Edition: Verabschiedet im September 2019
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: 9783319671222 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: In this handbook social science researchers who focus on sustainability present and discuss their findings, including empirical work, case studies, teaching and learning innovations, and applied projects. As such, the book offers a basis for the dissemination of information, ideas and experiences acquired in the execution of research projects, especially initiatives which have influenced behavior, decision-making, or policy. Furthermore, it introduces methodological approaches and projects which aim to offer a better understanding of sustainability across society and economic sectors. This multidisciplinary overview presents the work of researchers from across the spectrum of the social sciences. It stimulates innovative thinking on how social sciences influence sustainable development and vice-versa
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 485 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319671222 , 978-3-319-67122-2
    Series Statement: World sustainability series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Exploring the Connections: Sustainability and Social Science Research Interplays of Sustainability, Resilience, Adaptation and Transformation / Jennifer L. Johnson, Laura Zanotti, Zhao Ma, David J. Yu, David R. Johnson, Alison Kirkham and Courtney Carothers Using Meta-Analysis in the Social Sciences to Improve Environmental Policy / Alexander Maki, Mark A. Cohen and Michael P. Vandenbergh Integrating Social Science Research to Advance Sustainability Education / Christine Jie Li, Martha C. Monroe and Tracey Ritchie Inclusive Sustainability: Environmental Justice in Higher Education / Flora Lu, Rebecca Hernandez Rosser, Adriana Renteria, Nancy Kim, Elida Erickson, Anna Sher and Lisa O’Connor Connective Methodologies: Visual Communication Design and Sustainability in Higher Education / Denielle Emans and Kelly M. Murdoch-Kitt The Teaching Green Building: Five Theoretical Perspectives / Laura B. Cole Blockchain for Good? Digital Ledger Technology and Sustainable Development Goals / Richard Adams, Beth Kewell and Glenn Parry Part II Research and Behavioral Interventions Psychological Distance and Response to Human Versus Non-Human Victims of Climate Change / Christie Manning, Hannah Mangas, Elise Amel, Hongyi Tang, Laura Humes, Rowena Foo, Vera Sidlova and Kelly Cargos Bridging the Gap Between Policy and Action in Residential Graywater Recycling / L. Bell Organizational Characteristics in Residential Rental Buildings: Exploring the Role of Centralization in Energy Outcomes / Elizabeth Hewitt Re-shuffling the Deck on Environmental Sustainability: Using a Card Sort to Uncover Perceived Behavioral Categories, Effort, and Impact in a College Environment / Casey G. Franklin and Abram Alebiosu Wind Energy and Rural Community Sustainability / Sarah Mills Achieving a Climate-Neutral Campus: A Psychological Analysis of the Participation Process with the Stage Model of Participation / Stefan Zimmermann, Thomas Bäumer and Patrick Müller Sustainability and Civic Engagement: A Communications Engagement and Education Plan / Madhavi Venkatesan, Jordan Remy and Andrew Sukeforth A Sustainable Touristic Place in Times of Crisis? The Case of Empuriabrava—A Superdiverse Mediterranean Resort / Dawid Wladyka and Ricard Morén-Alegret Social Justice and Sustainability Efforts in the U.S.-Mexico Transborder Region / Sylvia Gonzalez-Gorman Envisioning and Implementing Sustainable Bioenergy Systems in the U.S. South / John Schelhas, Sarah Hitchner and J. Peter Brosius Living Well and Living Green: Participant Conceptualizations of Green Citizenship / Erin Miller Hamilton, Meaghan L. Guckian and Raymond De Young Part III Methods and Evaluation Strategies Cognitive Mapping as Participatory Engagement in Social Science Research on Sustainability / Meaghan L. Guckian, Erin Miller Hamilton and Raymond De Young The Impact of Status and Brainstorming in Participation in Small Group Deliberations / Sandra Rodegher Promoting Participation in a Culture of Sustainability Web Survey / Heather M. Schroeder, Andrew L. Hupp and Andrew D. Piskorowski Use of Email Paradata in a Survey of Sustainability Culture / Andrew L. Hupp, Heather M. Schroeder and Andrew D. Piskorowski Innovative Instructional Module Uses Evaluation to Enhance Quality / Martha C. Monroe, Annie Oxarart, Tracey Ritchie and Christine Jie Li From Sustainable Cities to Sustainable People—Changing Behavior Towards Sustainability with the Five A Planning Approach / Petra Stieninger Hurtado Sustainability Knowledge and Attitudes - Assessing Latent Constructs / Adam Zwickle and Keith Jones Sustainability Literacy and Cultural Assessments / John Callewaert A Conceptual Framework for Designing, Embedding and Monitoring a University Sustainability Culture / Richard Adams, Stephen Martin and Katy Boom Epilogue
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: 9783319302591 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book highlights perspectives, insights, and data in the coupled fields of aquatic microbial ecology and biogeochemistry when viewed through the lens of collaborative duos - dual career couples. Their synergy and collaborative interactions have contributed substantially to our contemporary understanding of pattern, process and dynamics. This is thus a book by dual career couples about dual scientific processes. The papers herein represent wide-ranging topics, from the processes that structure microbial diversity to nitrogen and photosynthesis metabolism, to dynamics of changing ecosystems and processes and dynamics in individual ecosystems. In all, these papers take us from the Arctic to Africa, from the Arabian Sea to Australia, from small lakes in Maine and Yellowstone hot vents to the Sargasso Sea, and in the process provide analyses that make us think about the structure and function of all of these systems in the aquatic realm. This book is useful not only for the depth and breadth of knowledge conveyed in its chapters, but serves to guide dual career couples faced with the great challenges only they face. Great teams do make great science
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 300 Seiten) , Diagremma, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319302591 , 978-3-319-30259-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Unraveling Microbial Diversity and Their Processes Phagotrophic Protists: Central Roles in Microbial Food Webs / Evelyn B. Sherr and Barry F. Sherr Overview Protists as Elemental Recyclers Protists as Consumers of Bacteria Protists as Consumers of Phytoplankton Protists in High Latitude Food Webs Looking to the Future References Drivers That Structure Biodiversity in the Plankton / Tatiana A. Rynearson and Susanne Menden-Deuer Plankton Biodiversity Alternate Hypotheses That Explain the Paradox of the Plankton An Organismal Perspective on the Paradox of the Plankton: A Biodiversity Explosion from Within? Linking Individual Level Behaviors with Plankton Ecology Pervasive Intra-specific Variability in the Genetic Diversity, Physiological Capacity, and Behavioral Repertoire of Plankton Evolution: Generating and Structuring Diversity over the Long Term Opportunities for Progress References The Elongated, the Squat and the Spherical: Selective Pressures for Phytoplankton Shape / Lee Karp-Boss and Emmanuel Boss Introduction Effects of Shape on Diffusion Other Selective Pressures References Crossing the Freshwater/Saline Barrier: A Phylogenetic Analysis of Bacteria Inhabiting Both Freshwater and Marine Ecosystems / Mina Bižić-Ionescu and Danny Ionescu Introduction Recent Data on Shared Taxa Synthesis of Published Sequence Data Future Perspectives References Approaches and Challenges for Linking Marine Biogeochemical Models with the “Omics” Revolution / Victoria J. Coles and Raleigh R. Hood Introduction Bridging the Cultural and Structural Divide Relating Existing Omics to Current Biogeochemical Models Near-Term Innovation Conclusions References Part II Viewing Growth and Trophodynamics Through a Stoichiometric Lens Out of Africa and into Stoichiometry / Susan S. Kilham and Peter Kilham References Exploring the Implications of the Stoichiometric Modulation of Planktonic Predation / Aditee Mitra and Kevin J. Flynn Introduction Characterising the Predator–Prey Stoichiometric Link Elemental Stoichiometry and Commercial Microalgal Production Effects of Temperature, Ocean Acidification and Nutrient Excess Avoiding Predation Stoichiometry and Mixotrophy Conclusions References . Part III Understanding the Mysteries of Light and Nitrogen On Saturating Response Curves from the Dual Perspectives of Photosynthesis and Nitrogen Metabolism / Todd M. Kana and Patricia M. Glibert Introduction Static vs. Dynamic Behavior Gradient Signals and Dynamics of Response Curves Overall Perspective on Dynamic Kinetics References Nitrate Reductase: A Nexus of Disciplines, Organisms, and Metabolism / Erica B. Young and John A. Berges Introduction Why Nitrate Reductase? Understanding That Has Emerged from Recent NR Measurements Recent Advances and Emerging Challenges Conclusion References The Ammonium Paradox of an Urban High- Nutrient Low-Growth Estuary / Frances Wilkerson and Richard Dugdale High-Nutrient Low-Growth Estuaries and Oligotrophication Observation of an Ammonium Paradox Ammonium: The Gatekeeper Controlling Access to Nitrate References Why Is Planktonic Nitrogen Fixation So Rare in Coastal Marine Ecosystems? Insights from a Cross-Systems Approach / Roxanne Marino and Robert W. Howarth References Where Light and Nutrients Collide: The Global Distribution and Activity of Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers / Greg M. Silsbe and Sairah Y. Malkin At the Confluence of Light and Nutrients Distribution of Marine SCMLs Phytoplankton Production in SCMLs Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers in Lakes References Part IV Looking in the Rear View Mirror: The Long View on Changing Ecosystems An Ecosystem in Transition: The Emergence of Mixotrophy in the Arabian Sea / Joaquim I. Goes and Helga do R. Gomes Introduction Materials and Methods Results and Discussion References The Saint Lawrence Island Polynya: A 25-Year Evaluation of an Analogue for Climate Change in Polar Regions / Jacqueline M. Grebmeier and Lee W. Cooper Introduction Synthesis Results and Discussion The Northern Bering Sea: Interannual Variability and Change Benthivores Overall Summary References Ecological Processes and Nutrient Transfers from Land to Sea: A 25-Year Perspective on Research and Management of the Seine River System / Josette Garnier and Gilles Billen Introduction 1850–1990: Organic Pollution and Oxygen 1990–2000: Eutrophication and Algal Bloom 2000–2015: Agricultural Pollution and Nitrate Contamination Conclusion: From Microbial Ecology to Territorial Biogeochemistry References A Historical Perspective on Eutrophication in the Pensacola Bay Estuary, FL, USA / Jane M. Caffrey and Michael C. Murrell Introduction Pensacola Bay Physical Setting Human Colonization of Pensacola Bay River and Estuarine Water Quality Controls on Primary Production, Organic Matter, and Nutrient Cycling Summary References Unpublished Reports Websites Meeting in the Middle: On the Interactions Between Microalgae and Their Predators or Zooplankton and Their Food / Karen H. Wiltshire and Maarten Boersma Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Lake Transparency: A Window into Decadal Variations in Dissolved Organic Carbon Concentrations in Lakes of Acadia National Park, Maine / Collin Roesler and Charles Culbertson Introduction Methods Results Discussion References Part V Focusing on Unique Systems, Processes and Dynamics Phytoplankton Biodiversity in the Oligotrophic Northwestern Sargasso Sea / James L. Pinckney and Tammi L. Richardson Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Biological Oceanography of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia: A Review / Peter C. Rothlisberg and Michele A. Burford Introduction Study Area Currents and Hydrography Phytoplankton and the Role of Nutrients Zooplankton Penaeid Prawn Larval Ecology Larval Dispersal Mechanisms Summary Points References Discerning the Causes of Toxic Cyanobacteria (Lyngbya majuscula) Blooms in Moreton Bay, Australia / Judith M. O’Neil and William C. Dennison Introduction Nutrient Interactions Light Interactions Conceptual Model Broader Significance References Copepod, Ctenophore, and Schyphomedusae Control in Structuring the Chesapeake Bay Summer Mesohaline Planktonic Food Web / Kevin G. Sellner and Stella G. Sellner Introduction Methods Results and Discussion References Microbiogeochemical Ecophysiology of Freshwater Hydrothermal Vents in Mary Bay Canyon, Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park WY / Carmen Aguilar and Russell Cuhel Introduction Methods Big Picture Outcomes Closing Remarks References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: 9783319645995 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book sheds new light on the limits of adaptation to anthropogenic climate change. The respective chapters demonstrate the variety of and interconnections between factors that together constitute the constraints on adaptation. The book pays special attention to evidence that illustrates how and where such limits have become apparent or are in the process of establishing themselves, and which indicates future trends and contexts that might prove helpful in understanding adaptation limits. In particular, the book provides an overview of the most important challenges and opportunities regarding adaptation limits at different temporal, jurisdictional, and spatial scales, while also highlighting case studies, projects and best practices that show how they may be addressed. The book presents innovative multi-disciplinary research and gathers evidence from various countries, sectors and regions, the goal being to advance our understanding of the limits to adaptation and ways to overcome or modify them
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319645995 , 978-3-319-64599-5
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction: Limits to Adaptation / Johanna Nalau and Walter Leal Filho Part I Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Asia 2 Strategies and Barriers to Adaptation of Hazard-Prone Rural Households in Bangladesh / G. M. Monirul Alam, Khorshed Alam, Shahbaz Mushtaq, Most Nilufa Khatun and Walter Leal Filho 3 Governance Limits to Adaptation in Cambodia’s Health Sector / Daniel Gilfillan 4 Land-Based Strategic Model by Integrating Diverse Policies for Climate Change Adaptation in Nepal / Adish Khezri, Arbind Man Tuladhar and Jaap Zevenbergen 5 Climate Change and Migration in Bangladesh: Empirically Derived Lessons and Opportunities for Policy Makers and Practitioners / Johannes Luetz Part II Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Africa 6 Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Zimbabwe: Insights, Experiences and Lessons / Nelson Chanza 7 Pastoralists Shifting Strategies and Perceptions of Risk: Post-crisis Recovery in Damergou, Niger / Karen Marie Greenough 8 Political Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Practices: Insights from the Johannesburg Case / Karen Hetz 9 Constraints and Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Efforts in Nigeria / Idowu O. Ologeh, Joshua B. Akarakiri and Francis A. Adesina 10 Adapting Agriculture to Climate Change: Suitability of Banana Crop Production to Future Climate Change Over Uganda / Geoffrey Sabiiti, Joseph Mwalichi Ininda, Laban Ayieko Ogallo, Jully Ouma, Guleid Artan, Charles Basalirwa, Franklin Opijah, Alex Nimusiima, Saul Daniel Ddumba, Jasper Batureine Mwesigwa, George Otieno and Jamiat Nanteza 11 Local Adaptation to Climate Extremes in Domboshawa: Opportunities and Limitations / Vincent Itai Tanyanyiwa and Rejoice Madobi Part III Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Australia, North-America and Europe 12 The Limits of Imagination / Liese Coulter 13 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal East Arctic Ecosystems: Complexity and Challenges of Monitoring and Evaluation / Moktar Lamari, Line Poulin-Larivière and Johann L. Jacob 14 Limits to Adaptation on Climate Change in Bosnia and Herzegovina: Insights and Experiences / Goran Trbic, Davorin Bajic, Vladimir Djurdjevic, Vladan Ducic, Raduska Cupac, Đorđe Markez, Goran Vukmir, Radoslav Dekić and Tatjana Popov Part IV Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in the Pacific Region 15 Climate Change Adaptation Limits in Small Island Developing States / Stacy-ann Robinson 16 Limits to Coastal Adaptation in Samoa: Insights and Experiences / Richard Crichton and Miguel Esteban 17 Limits to Capital Works Adaptation in the Coastal Zones and Islands: Lessons for the Pacific / Brendan Mackey and Daniel Ware 18 A ‘Cost Barrier’ Perspective to Adaptation on a Coral Triangle Initiative (CTI) and Mangrove Rehabilitation Projects (MRP) in Solomon Islands / Michael Otoara Ha’apio, Walter Leal Filho and Morgan Wairiu 19 Customary Land and Climate Change Induced Relocation: A Case Study of Vunidogoloa Village, Vanua Levu, Fiji / Dhrishna Charan, Manpreet Kaur and Priyatma Singh 20 Limits to Adapting to Climate Change Through Relocations in Papua-New Guinea and Fiji / Dalila Gharbaoui and Julia Blocher 21 Atoll Habitability Thresholds / Mark H. N. Stege 22 Conclusions: Overcoming the Limits to Adaptation / Walter Leal Filho and Johanna Nalau
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: 9789811058011 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book contains seven parts. The first part deals with some aspects of rainfall analysis, including rainfall probability distribution, local rainfall interception, and analysis for reservoir release. Part 2 is on evapotranspiration and discusses development of neural network models, errors, and sensitivity. Part 3 focuses on various aspects of urban runoff, including hydrologic impacts, storm water management, and drainage systems. Part 4 deals with soil erosion and sediment, covering mineralogical composition, geostatistical analysis, land use impacts, and land use mapping. Part 5 treats remote sensing and geographic information system (GIS) applications to different hydrologic problems. Watershed runoff and floods are discussed in Part 6, encompassing hydraulic, experimental, and theoretical aspects. Water modeling constitutes the concluding Part 7. Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT), Xinanjiang, and Soil Conservation Service-Curve Number (SCS-CN) models are discussed. The book is of interest to researchers and practitioners in the field of water resources, hydrology, environmental resources, agricultural engineering, watershed management, earth sciences, as well as those engaged in natural resources planning and management. Graduate students and those wishing to conduct further research in water and environment and their development and management find the book to be of value
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 731 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811058011 , 978-981-10-5801-1
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library 81
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Rainfall Analysis Rainfall Probability Distribution Analysis in Selected Lateral Command Area of Upper Krishna Project (Karnataka), India / N. K. Rajeshkumar, P. Balakrishnan, G. V. Srinivas Reddy, B. S. Polise Gowdar and U. Satishkumar Analyzing Rainfall and Reservoir Release Pattern for Ajwa Reservoir: A Case Study / Pushkar Sharma and Sanskriti Mujumdar Preliminary Investigations on Localized Rainfall Interception Losses Under Real Field Observations / M. L. Gaur and Saket Kumar Probabilistic Estimation of Design Daily Runoff from Bamhani Watershed, India / Sarita Gajbhiye Meshram and Vijay P. Singh Part II Evapotranspiration Development of Generalized Higher-Order Neural Network-Based Models for Estimating Pan Evaporation / Sirisha Adamala, N. S. Raghuwanshi and Ashok Mishra Sensitivity Analysis of FAO-56 Penman–Monteith Reference Evapotranspiration Estimates Using Monte Carlo Simulations / Gicy M. Kovoor and Lakshman Nandagiri Quantification of Error in Estimation of Reference Crop Evapotranspiration by Class A Pan Evaporimeter and Its Correction / S. Praharaj, P. K. Mohanty and B. C. Sahoo Part III Urban Runoff Spatial and Temporal Analyses of Impervious Surface Area on Hydrological Regime of Urban Watersheds / Tauseef A. Ansari and Y. B. Katpatal An Assessment of Hydrological Impacts Due to Changes in the Urban Sprawl in Bhopal City and its Peripheral Urban-Rural Fringe / L. Patel, S. Goyal and T. Thomas Simulation of Urban Drainage System Using Disaggregated Rainfall Data / Vinay Ashok Rangari, K. Veerendra Gopi, N. V. Umamahesh and Ajey Kumar Patel Investigation of Drainage for Structures, Lithology and Priority (Flood and Landslide) Assessment Using Geospatial Technology, J&K, NW Himalaya / Umair Ali and Syed Ahmad Ali Hydrologic Design Parameters Database for Water Harvesting Structures in Madhya Pradesh / Ramadhar Singh, Karan Singh and D. M. Bhandarkar Application of Storm Water Management Model to an Urban Catchment / V. Swathi, K. Srinivasa Raju and Ajit Pratap Singh Part IV Soil Erosion and Sediment A Study of Erosional Depositional Activity and Land Use Mapping of Majuli River Island Using Landsat Data / Dipsikha Devi, Nilutpal Phukan and Bibhash Sarma Study of Soil Erosion and Deposition Around an Island in a Natural Stream / Snigdhadip Ghosh, Saptarshi Das and Vijay Kumar Dwivedi Impact Assessment of Alternate Land Cover and Management Practices on Soil Erosion: A Case Study / T. R. Nayak, R. K. Jaiswal, R. V. Galkate and T. Thomas Geostatistical Analysis of River Sedimentation Behavior in Kerala State / Mathew K. Jose, T. Chandramohan, B. K. Purandara and B. Venkatesh Study of Mineralogical Composition of Sediment in Brahmaputra River in Urban Stretch of Guwahati City, Assam, India / Mamata Das and Triptimoni Borah Part V Remote Sensing and GIS Applications Hypsometric Analysis for Assessing Erosion Status of Watershed Using Geographical Information System / S. K. Sharma, S. Gajbhiye, S. Tignath and R. J. Patil Assessment of Different Bathymetry Statistical Models Using Landsat-8 Multispectral Images / Omar Makboul, Abdelazim Negm, Saleh Mesbah and Mohamed Mohasseb Estimation of Minimum and Maximum Air Temperature Using MODIS Remote Sensing Imagery and Geographical Information System (GIS) / P. Sardhara Bharatkumar, P. Dholariya Jay, M. K. Tiwari and M. L. Gaur A RS and GIS Approaches for the Estimation of Runoff and Soil Erosion in SA-13 Watershed / H. N. Bhange and V. V. Deshmukh Rainwater Harvesting Structure Site Suitability Using Remote Sensing and GIS / B. K. Gavit, R. C. Purohit, P. K. Singh, Mahesh Kothari and H. K. Jain Land Surface Temperature Estimation Using Remote Sensing Data / Vijay Solanky, Sangeeta Singh and S. K. Katiyar Watershed Prioritization of Wardha River Basin, Maharashtra, India Using Morphometric Parameters: A Remote Sensing and GIS-Based Approach / B. S. Manjare, S. Khan, S. A. Jawadand and M. A. Padhye Flood Assessment of Lolab Valley from Watershed Characterization Using Remote Sensing and GIS Techniques / Mannan Bashir Wani, Syed Ahmad Ali and Umair Ali Delineation of Paleochannels in Periyar River Basin of Kerala Using Remote Sensing and Electrical Resistivity Methods / C. P. Priju, Jiby Francis, P. R. Arun and N. B. Narasimha Prasad Application of EO-1 Hyperion Data for Mapping and Discrimination of Agricultural Crops / H. Ramesh and P. P. Soorya Geomatica-Based Approach for Automatic Extraction of Lineaments from ASTER-GDEM Data, in Part of Al-Rawdah, Shabwah, Southeast Yemen / Mohammed Sultan Alshayef and Akram Javed Part VI Watershed Runoff and Floods Morpho-Mathematical Analysis of Bharar River Basin District Chhatarpur-Central India / Pradeep Kumar Jain Application of Principal Component Analysis for Grouping of Morphometric Parameters and Prioritization of Watershed / Sarita Gajbhiye Meshram and S. K. Sharma Velocity Distribution in Vortex Chamber at High Water Abstraction Ratio / Mohammad Athar and Shivani Srotriya Performance Appraisal of Friction Factor Estimators / Abhishek Mishra, Aditya Deshpande and Bimlesh Kumar Experimental Investigations of Wave Height Attenuation by Submerged Artificial Vegetation / Beena Mary John, I. Mohit Babu, Kiran G. Shirlal and Subba Rao Developing Rating Curves for Nubia Lake, Sudan, Using RS/GIS / Mohamed Elsahabi, Abdelazim Negm and Kamal Ali A Spreadsheet Approach for Prediction of Rating Curve Parameters / Mohammad Muzzammil, Javed Alam and Mohammad Zakwan Experimental Study on Role of Emergent Artificial Coastal Vegetation in Controlling Wave Run Up / Beena Mary John, R. T. Arun Vignesh, Kiran G. Shirlal and Subba Rao Development of Regional Soil Water Retention (SWR) Characteristics / R. K. Jaiswal, T. Thomas, R. V. Galkate, S. Singh and J. V. Tyagi Revision of Empirical Coefficients of Commonly Used Flood Formulae Using Flow Data from Karnataka Rivers / T. Chandramohan, Mathew K. Jose, B. K. Purandara and B. Venkatesh Reservoir Inflow Forecasting Using Extreme Learning Machines / Mukesh Kumar Tiwari and Sanjeet Kumar Quantifying Discontinuity, Connectivity, Variability, and Hierarchy in Overland Flow Generation: Comparison of Different Modeling Methods / Xuefeng Chu Nondimensional UH-Based Smoothing of S-Curve-Derived UH Oscillations / P. R. Patil, S. K. Mishra, Nayan Sharma and Vijay P. Singh Fuzzy-Based Comprehensive Evaluation of Environmental Flow Alteration / Kairong Lin, Fan Zhang, Qiang Zhang, Xinjun Tu and Yang Hu Part VII Watershed Modeling Spatial Characters of a Tropical River Basin, South-West Coast of India / Girish Gopinath, N. Ramisha, Ajith G. Nair and N. P. Jesiya Streamflow Estimation Using SWAT Model Over Seonath River Basin, Chhattisgarh, India / Sabyasachi Swain, Mani Kant Verma and M. K. Verma Revisiting the Soil Conservation Service Curve Number Method / S. K. Mishra, Vijay P. Singh and P. K. Singh Hydrological Impacts of Rejuvenating Degraded Hilly Watershed in Shivalik Region / A. K. Tiwari and V. K. Bhatt Modeling of a River Basin Using SWAT Model / B. Venkatesh, T. Chandramohan, B. K. Purandara, Mathew K. Jose and P. C. Nayak Performance of the Xinanjiang Model / A. Ahirwar, M. K. Jain and M. Perumal
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: 9783319969787 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Ecologists and natural resource managers are charged with making complex management decisions in the face of a rapidly changing environment resulting from climate change, energy development, urban sprawl, invasive species and globalization. Advances in Geographic Information System (GIS) technology, digitization, online data availability, historic legacy datasets, remote sensors and the ability to collect data on animal movements via satellite and GPS have given rise to large, highly complex datasets. These datasets could be utilized for making critical management decisions, but are often “messy” and difficult to interpret. Basic artificial intelligence algorithms (i.e., machine learning) are powerful tools that are shaping the world and must be taken advantage of in the life sciences. In ecology, machine learning algorithms are critical to helping resource managers synthesize information to better understand complex ecological systems. Machine Learning has a wide variety of powerful applications, with three general uses that are of particular interest to ecologists: (1) data exploration to gain system knowledge and generate new hypotheses, (2) predicting ecological patterns in space and time, and (3) pattern recognition for ecological sampling. Machine learning can be used to make predictive assessments even when relationships between variables are poorly understood. When traditional techniques fail to capture the relationship between variables, effective use of machine learning can unearth and capture previously unattainable insights into an ecosystem's complexity. Currently, many ecologists do not utilize machine learning as a part of the scientific process. This volume highlights how machine learning techniques can complement the traditional methodologies currently applied in this field
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319969787 , 978-3-319-96978-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Machine Learning in Wildlife Biology: Algorithms, Data Issues and Availability, Workflows, Citizen Science, Code Sharing, Metadata and a Brief Historical Perspective / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann 2 Use of Machine Learning (ML) for Predicting and Analyzing Ecological and ‘Presence Only’ Data: An Overview of Applications and a Good Outlook / Falk Huettmann, Erica H. Craig, Keiko A. Herrick, Andrew P. Baltensperger, Grant R. W. Humphries, David J. Lieske, Katharine Miller, Timothy C. Mullet, Steffen Oppel, Cynthia Resendiz, Imme Rutzen, Moritz S. Schmid, Madan K. Suwal, and Brian D. Young 3 Boosting, Bagging and Ensembles in the Real World: An Overview, some Explanations and a Practical Synthesis for Holistic Global Wildlife Conservation Applications Based on Machine Learning with Decision Trees / Falk Huettmann Part II Predicting Patterns 4 From Data Mining with Machine Learning to Inference in Diverse and Highly Complex Data: Some Shared Experiences, Intellectual Reasoning and Analysis Steps for the Real World of Science Applications / Falk Huettmann 5 Ensembles of Ensembles: Combining the Predictions from Multiple Machine Learning Methods / David J. Lieske, Moritz S. Schmid, and Matthew Mahoney 6 Machine Learning for Macroscale Ecological Niche Modeling - a Multi-Model, Multi-Response Ensemble Technique for Tree Species Management Under Climate Change / Anantha M. Prasad 7 Mapping Aboveground Biomass of Trees Using Forest Inventory Data and Public Environmental Variables within the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Brian D. Young, John Yarie, David Verbyla, Falk Huettmann, and F. Stuart Chapin III Part III Data Exploration and Hypothesis Generation with Machine Learning 8 ‘Batteries’ in Machine Learning: A First Experimental Assessment of Inference for Siberian Crane Breeding Grounds in the Russian High Arctic Based on ‘Shaving’ 74 Predictors / Falk Huettmann, Chunrong Mi, and Yumin Guo 9 Landscape Applications of Machine Learning: Comparing Random Forests and Logistic Regression in Multi-Scale Optimized Predictive Modeling of American Marten Occurrence in Northern Idaho, USA / Samuel A. Cushman and Tzeidle N. Wasserman 10 Using Interactions among Species, Landscapes, and Climate to Inform Ecological Niche Models: A Case Study of American Marten (Martes americana) Distribution in Alaska / Andrew P. Baltensperger 11 Advanced Data Mining (Cloning) of Predicted Climate-Scapes and Their Variances Assessed with Machine Learning: An Example from Southern Alaska Shows Topographical Biases and Strong Differences / Falk Huettmann 12 Using TreeNet, a Machine Learning Approach to Better Understand Factors that Influence Elevated Blood Lead Levels in Wintering Golden Eagles in the Western United States / Erica H. Craig, Tim H. Craig, and Mark R. Fuller Part IV Novel Applications of Machine Learning Beyond Species Distribution Models 13 Breaking Away from ‘Traditional’ Uses of Machine Learning: A Case Study Linking Sooty Shearwaters (Ardenna griseus) and Upcoming Changes in the Southern Oscillation Index / Grant R. W. Humphries 14 Image Recognition in Wildlife Applications / Dawn R. Magness 15 Machine Learning Techniques for Quantifying Geographic Variation in Leach’s Storm-Petrel (Hydrobates leucorhous) Vocalizations / Grant R. W. Humphries, Rachel T. Buxton, and Ian L. Jones Part V Implementing Machine Learning for Resource Management 16 Machine Learning for ‘Strategic Conservation and Planning’: Patterns, Applications, Thoughts and Urgently Needed Global Progress for Sustainability / Falk Huettmann 17 How the Internet Can Know What You Want Before You Do: Web-Based Machine Learning Applications for Wildlife Management / Grant R. W. Humphries 18 Machine Learning and ‘The Cloud’ for Natural Resource Applications: Autonomous Online Robots Driving Sustainable Conservation Management Worldwide? / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann 19 Assessment of Potential Risks from Renewable Energy Development and Other Anthropogenic Factors to Wintering Golden Eagles in the Western United States / Erica H. Craig, Mark R. Fuller, Tim H. Craig, and Falk Huettmann Part VI Conclusions 20 A Perspective on the Future of Machine Learning: Moving Away from ‘Business as Usual’ and Towards a Holistic Approach of Global Conservation / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    facet.materialart.12
    Singapore : Springer | Beijing : Geological Publishing House
    Call number: 9789811005602 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a review of mechanical ice drilling technology, including the design, parameters, and performance of various tools and drills for making holes in snow, firn and ice. The material presents the historical development of ice drilling tools and devices from the first experience taken place more than 170 years ago to the present day and focuses on the modern vision of ice drilling technology. It is illustrated with numerous pictures, many of them published for the first time. This book is intended for specialists in ice core sciences, drilling engineers, glaciologists, and can be useful for high-school students and other readers who are very interested in engineering and cold regions technology
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 284 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9789811005602 , 978-981-10-0560-2
    ISSN: 2364-9119 , 2364-9127
    Series Statement: Springer Geophysics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface 1 Introduction to Ice Drilling Technology 1.1 Ice Drilling Targets and Aims 1.2 Structure of Ice Sheets and Glaciers 1.3 Classification of Ice Drilling Methods References 2 Yearly History of Ice Drilling from Nineteeth to the First Half of Twentieth Century References 3 Direct-Push Drilling 3.1 Drive Sampling 3.1.1 Basic Principles 3.1.2 Mt. Rose Sampler 3.1.3 Utah Snow Sampler 3.1.4 Federal Snow Sampler 3.1.5 Bowman Sampler 3.1.6 Rosen Sampler 3.1.7 Large Diameter Snow Samplers 3.1.8 Vibratory Drill 3.2 Penetrative Testing 3.2.1 Ski Pole Penetrometer 3.2.2 Ram Penetrometer 3.2.3 Snow Resistograph 3.2.4 Digital Thermo-Resistograph 3.2.5 Snow Micro-Penetrometer 3.2.6 SABRE Probe 3.2.7 Cone Penetrometer Testing 3.3 Summary References 4 Hand- and Power-Driven Portable Drills 4.1 Noncoring Augers 4.1.1 SFFEL Noncoring Auger 4.1.2 SIPRE/CRREL Ice Thickness Kit 4.1.3 Kovacs Ice Thickness Kit 4.1.4 AARI Portable Sled-Mounted Drilling Rig 4.1.5 Handheld Coal-Boring Augers 4.1.6 Ice Augers for Winter Fishing 4.2 Noncoring “Piston” Drill 4.3 Core Augers. 4.3.1 General Principles 4.3.2 SFFEL Auger 4.3.3 SIPRE Auger 4.3.4 CRREL Auger 4.3.5 Rand Auger 4.3.6 Big John 12″ Auger 4.3.7 PICO Lightweight Auger 4.3.8 Kovacs Auger 4.3.9 IGAS Hand Auger 4.3.10 Swiss Hand Auger 4.3.11 UCPH Hand Auger 4.3.12 “Prairie Dog” Auger 4.3.13 “Sidewinder” 4.3.14 IDDO Hand Auger 4.4 Core Drills with Teeth and Annular Bits 4.4.1 Taku Glacier Hand Drill 4.4.2 Canadian Portable Ice Drill 4.4.3 Tsykin’s Hand Drill 4.4.4 5th CAE Drill 4.4.5 Ice Core Drill with Annular Bit PI-8 4.5 Mini Drills 4.5.1 Livingston Island Mini Drill 4.5.2 Chipmunk Drill 4.6 Summary References 5 Percussion Drills 5.1 Cable-Tool Drill Rigs 5.1.1 IGAS Cable-Tool Rig 5.1.2 Cable-Tool of California Institute of Technology 5.1.3 Star Iron Works Cable-Tool 5.2 Pneumatic Drills 5.3 Rotary-Percussion Drills 5.4 Summary References 6 Conventional Machine-Driven Rotary Drill Rigs 6.1 Dry Drilling 6.1.1 Expéditions Polaires Françaises in Greenland 6.1.2 Baffin Island Expedition 6.1.3 Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition 6.1.4 Mirny Station, Antarctica 6.2 Auger Drilling 6.2.1 Mirny Station, Antarctica 6.2.2 McMurdo Station, Antarctica 6.2.3 Amundsen–Scott Station, South Pole 6.2.4 Subglacial Lake Ellsworth Camp 6.3 Commercial Drill Rigs for Ice Fishing 6.4 Air Rotary Drilling 6.4.1 Mirny, Antarctica 6.4.2 Site 2, Greenland 6.4.3 Byrd Station, Antarctica 6.4.4 Little America V, Antarctica 6.4.5 Franz Josef Land, Russian Arctic 6.4.6 Base Roi Baudouin, Antarctica 6.5 Rotary Drilling with Fluid Circulation 6.5.1 Taku Glacier, Alaska 6.5.2 Mer de Glace, French Alps 6.5.3 South Leduc Glacier, British Columbia 6.5.4 McMurdo Station, Antarctica 6.6 Wire-Line Drills 6.6.1 International Antarctic Glaciological Project, East Antarctica 6.6.2 Ross Ice Shelf Project 6.6.3 Base Druzhnaya, Antarctica 6.6.4 Black Rapids Glacier, Alaska 6.6.5 Isua Greenstone Belt, Southwestern Greenland 6.6.6 Foremore Glacier, British Columbia, Western Canada 6.6.7 Rapid Access Ice Drill (RAID) 6.6.8 Agile Sub-ice Geological (ASIG) Drill 6.7 Drilling in Rock Glaciers 6.7.1 Overview of Projects Using Conventional Drilling Equipment 6.7.2 Koci Drill 6.8 Summary References 7 Flexible Drill-Stem Drill Rigs 7.1 Rapid Shallow Drill Rigs 7.2 Rapid-Access Drill Rigs 7.2.1 Thermomechanical Drill 7.2.2 Coiled-Tubing Drill Rigs 7.2.3 RADIX 7.2.4 SUBGLACIOR Drilling Probe 7.3 Summary References 8 Cable-Suspended Electromechanical Auger Drills 8.1 Basic Principles 8.2 University of Iceland (UI) Drill 8.3 University of Bern (UB) Drills 8.3.1 Rufli Drill 8.3.2 Further Improved UB Drills 8.4 CRREL Drill 8.5 Institute of Low Temperature Science (ILTS) Drills 8.5.1 First Prototypes 8.5.2 ID-140 Drill 8.5.3 ILTS-140 Drill 8.5.4 MID-140 Drill 8.5.5 Portable ILTS-130 and -100 Drills 8.5.6 ILTS-130E(F) and ILTS-150 Drills 8.5.7 New Portable ILTS Drill 8.6 University of Copenhagen (UCPH) Drill 8.7 Laboratoire de Glaciologie et Géophysique de l’Environnement (LGGE) Drills 8.8 National Hydrology Research Institute (NHRI) Drill 8.9 Polar Ice Coring Office (PICO) 4″ Drill 8.10 Alfred-Wegener Institute (AWI) Drills 8.11 Australian National Antarctic Research Expedition (ANARE) Drill 8.12 BZXJ Drills 8.13 Geo Tecs Drills 8.13.1 Geo Tecs Prototype Shallow Drill 8.13.2 Further Improvements 8.13.3 Field Testing and Operations 8.14 Hilda/Simon/Eclipse Drills 8.14.1 Hilda/Simon Drills 8.14.2 Eclipse Drill 8.14.3 Field Testing and Coring 8.14.4 Badger-Eclipse Drill 8.15 Byrd Polar Research Center (BPRC) Drills 8.16 British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Drills 8.16.1 BAS/IMAU Drill 8.16.2 Rapid-Access Isotope Drill 8.17 FELICS Drills 8.17.1 3″ Drill 8.17.2 “Backpack Drill” 8.18 Blue Ice Drill (BID) 8.18.1 BID General Fescription 8.18.2 Operation and Performance 8.18.3 BID-Deep System 8.19 Summary References 9 Cable-Suspended Electromechanical Drills with Bottom-Hole Circulation 9.1 CRREL Electromechanical Drill 9.1.1 Drilling Equipment 9.1.2 Camp Century, Greenland 9.1.3 Byrd Station, Antarctica 9.2 ISTUK Drill 9.2.1 Drill System 9.2.2 Dye 3, Greenland (GISP) 9.2.3 Summit, Greenland (GRIP) 9.2.4 Law Dome, Antarctica 9.3 LGGE Electromechanical Drills 9.4 PICO-5.2″ Electromechanical Drill 9.4.1 Drill System 9.4.2 Summit, Greenland (GISP2) 9.4.3 Taylor Dome, Antarctica 9.4.4 Siple Dome, Antarctica 9.5 KEMS Electromechanical Drill 9.5.1 Drill System 9.5.2 Severnaya Zemlya, Russian Arctic 9.5.3 Vostok Station, Antarctica 9.6 JARE Electromechanical Drill 9.6.1 Drill System 9.6.2 Preliminary Tests 9.6.3 First Deep Ice Coring Project at Dome F, Antarctica 9.6.4 Second Deep Ice Coring Project at Dome F, Antarctica 9.6.5 Kunlun Station (Dome A), Antarctica 9.7 Hans Tausen (HT) Electromechanical Drill and Its Modifications 9.7.1 Basic Drill System 9.7.2 Hans Tausen Ice Cap, Greenland 9.7.3 NorthGRIP, Greenland 9.7.4 EPICA Dome C, Antarctica 9.7.5 EPICA-DML, Kohnen Station, Antarctica 9.7.6 Berkner Island, Antarctica 9.7.7 Talos Dome, Antarctica (TALDICE) 9.7.8 Flade Isblink Ice Cap, Greenland 9.7.9 NEEM Deep Ice Core Drilling, Greenland 9.7.10 James Ross Island, Antarctica 9.7.11 Fletcher Promontory, Antarctica 9.7.12 Roosevelt Island, Antarctica 9.7.13 NEEM, Greenland (UCPH Intermediate-Depth Ice Core Drilling System) 9.7.14 Aurora Basin North, Antarctica 9.7.15 Renland Ice Cap, Greenland 9.7.16 Summit, Greenland (IDDO Intermediate-Depth Drill) 9.7.17 South Pole, Antarctica (SPICE) 9.8 IDRA Drill 9.9 DISC Electromechanical Drill 9.9.1 Drill System 9.9.2 Field Testing at Summit, Greenland 9.9.3 WAIS Divide, Antarctica 9.9.4 Replicate Coring, WAIS Divide, Antarctica 9.10 IBED Drill 9.11 Summary References 10 Drilling Challenges and Perspectives for Future Development 10.1 Low-Temperature Drilling Fluids 10.1.1 Drilling Fluid Compositions 10.1.2 ESTISOL™ 240/COASOL™ Drilling Fluid 10.1.3 ESTISOL™ 140 Drilling Fluid 10.1.4 Low-Molecular Weight Dimethyl Siloxane Oils 10.1.5 Low-Molecular Weight Esters 10.1.6 Kerosene-Based Drilling Fluids Mixed with Fourth-Generation Foam-Expansion Agents 10.2 Ice Drilling Under Complicated Conditions 10.2.1 Permeable Snow-Firn 10.2.2 Brittle Ice Zone 10.2.3 Warm Ice 10.2.4 Debris-Containing Ice 10.2.5 Bedrock 10.2.6 Elimination of Sticking Drills 10.3 Advanced Drilling Systems 10.3.1 Rapid-Access Ice Drilling Systems for Subglacial Bedrock Drilling 10.3.2 Sidewall Drilling 10.3.3 Automated Drilling Systems References Appendix A: Records of Mechanical Drilling in Ice Appendix B: Abbreviations of Institutes, Organizations, and Projects
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: 9789811002076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This proceedings contains articles submitted to the fifth International Conference on Cognitive Neurodynamics (ICCN2015). In ICCN2015, twelve invited plenary lectures were presented by the leading scientists in their respective research fields. More than 15 mini-symposiums are organized by specialists with topics covering: motor control and learning, dynamic coding in distributed neural circuits, dynamics of firing patterns and synchronization in neuronal systems, information and signal processing techniques in neurotechnology, neural oscillations and synaptic plasticity in the hippocampus, new perspective on model-based vs. model-free brain process, neural mechanisms of internal switching, neuroinformation computation, neural model and dynamics, imaging human cognitive networks, neuroinformatics, neuroergonomics & neuroengineering, dynamic brain for communication, visual information processing and functional imaging and neural mechanisms of language processing. All articles are peer-reviewed. The ICCN is a series conference held every two years since 2007
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 872 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811002076 , 978-981-10-0207-6
    ISSN: 2213-3569 , 2213-3577
    Series Statement: Advances in Cognitive Neurodynamics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Plenary Talk 1 Putting Sensory Back into Voluntary Motor Control / Stephen H. Scott 2 Is Visual Processing in Primates Strictly Hierarchical? / Mark A.G. Eldridge, Samarth Chandra and Barry J. Richmond 3 Self-organization of a Second Kind: General Scope and a Cortical Case Study / Ichiro Tsuda 4 Toward Autonomous Intelligence: From Active 3D Vision to Invariant Object and Scene Learning, Recognition, and Search / Stephen Grossberg 5 The Cognitive Control of Goal-Directed Action: How Predictive Learning Affects Choice / Bernard W. Balleine 6 Functional Connectivity Mapping of Decision-Making in Drosophila Melanogaster / Aike Guo, Ke Zhang, Q.Z. Ren, H.F. Su and N.N. Chen 7 Neurodynamics of Decision-Making—A Computational Approach / Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir and Hans Liljenström 8 Brain Pattern Analysis Based on Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Dewen Hu 9 Dopamine Prediction Errors and the Relativity of Value / Masamichi Sakagami and Shingo Tanaka 10 The Neural Mechanism of Direction- and Orientation-Selective Neurons for Processing Direction, Speed, and Axis of Motion in Early Visual Cortices / Hongliang Gong, Xu An, Liling Qian, Jiapeng Yin, Yiliang Lu and Wei Wang Part II Neural Dynamics in Motor and Sensory Systems 11 Stability and Flexibility During Human Motor Control / Taishin Nomura, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Chunjiang Fu, Naoya Yoshikawa, Ken Kiyono, Maura Casadio and Pietro Morasso 12 Context-Dependent Human Motor Memories: Function, Implementation, and Manipulation / Daichi Nozaki 13 A Model of Gait Cycle Variability During Human Walking / Chunjiang Fu, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Ken Kiyono and Taishin Nomura 14 Coordinate Systems in the Motor System: Computational Modeling and EEG Experiment / Hirokazu Tanaka, Makoto Miyakoshi and Scott Makeig 15 Simulation Study on Neuromuscular Model-Inspired Control Strategy for Variable Stiffness Actuators / Jun Zhu, Yu Wang and Heng Cao 16 Changes in the Inner Gene Expression of Lateral Olivocochlear Receptors After the Loss of the Descending Cortical Pathway / Miguel A. Merchan, Veronica Lamas and Jose Manuel Juiz 17 Effect of Parvalbumin Deficiency on Distributed Activity and Interactions in Neural Circuits Activated by Instrumental Learning / Agnès Gruart, José Maria Delgado-García and Alessandra Lintas 18 Dynamic Patterns of Cortical Activation During Different Types of Learning Tasks and Unpredictable Situations / José M. Delgado-García, Raudel Sánchez-Campusano, Iván Fernández-Lamo and Agnès Gruart 19 The Application of Spatiotemporal Energy Model in the Simulation of Population Responses in Early Visual Cortices / Yiliang Lu, Xu An, Hongliang Gong and Wei Wang 20 Aspect Ratio of the Receptive Field Makes a Major Contribution to the Bandwidth of Orientation Selectivity in Cat V1 / Tao Xu, Ming Li, Ke Chen, Ling Wang and Hong-Mei Yan 21 Nonlinear Dynamical Analysis of Spontaneous EEG Recordings in Rats After Chronic Spinal Cord Injury / Pu Jiangbo, Xu Hanhui, Wang Yazhou, Cui Hongyan and Hu Yong Part III Interactive Dynamics in Cognitive Functions 22 Causality in Neuroscience and Its Limitations: Bottom-up, Top-down, and Round-About / Hans A. Braun 23 Decisions and Downward Causation in Neural Systems / Hans Liljenström and Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir 24 Top-down and/or Bottom-up Causality: The Notion of Relatedness in the Human Brain / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 25 Overviewing Causality or Over-Interpreting Noise: Is Modern Neuroscience Shaping Our View of the Human Mind? / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 26 Theoretical Models of Decision-Making in the Ultimatum Game: Fairness vs. Reason / Tatiana V. Guy, Miroslav Kárný, Alessandra Lintas and Alessandro E.P. Villa 27 Dynamic Interactions in Prefrontal Functional Connectivity During Adolescence / Xin Zhou, Emilio Salinas, Terrence R. Stanford and Christos Constantinidis 28 Causal Interaction Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum Estimated by Granger Causality / Xiaochuan Pan, Rubin Wang and Masamichi Sakagami 29 Two Strategies for Interactive Planning / Jiro Okuda 30 TMS-EEG for Probing Distinct Modes of Neural Dynamics in the Human Brain / Keiichi Kitajo and Yuka O. Okazaki 31 Estimating Information Transmission Time Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum by Transfer Entropy / Kaidi Shao, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 32 Reward-Modulated Functional Connectivity Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum / Yan Zhang, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 33 On the Role of Intrinsic Rewards in Communication / Jan Lauwereyns and Shizuka Sakurai Lauwereyns Part IV Neural Dynamics in Hippocampus 34 Hydrogen Sulfide Prevents Synaptic Plasticity from Vascular Dementia-Induced Damage via Inhibiting Autophagy on Rats / Chunhua Liu, Tao Zhang and Zhuo Yang 35 The Impact of Nasal Copper Nanoparticle Exposure on Rats’ Synaptic Plasticity and Spatial Cognition / Ye Liu, Wei Guan, Jinzhe Liu and Zhuo Yang 36 Theta Phase Time-Delayed Modulating Low Gamma Amplitude in Hippocampal CA3–CA1 Network / Chenguang Zheng, Qun Li, Yiyi Wang and Tao Zhang 37 Roles of DA and 5-HT in Modulating Neural Oscillatory Synchronization / Chenguang Zheng and Tao Zhang 38 Dynamic Information Routing in the Hippocampus / Hiroshi Nishida, Muneyoshi Takahashi and Jan Lauwereyns 39 Rule Switching Affects Cross-Frequency Couplings in Rat Hippocampus / Tomoaki Nakazono, Susumu Takahashi and Yoshio Sakurai Part V Imaging Cognitive Networks 40 Functional Connectivity Analysis of Cognitive Reappraisal Using Sparse Spectral Clustering Method / Ling Zou, Yi Xu, Zhongyi Jiang, Zhuqing Jiao, Changjie Pan and Renlai Zhou 41 Theta Coupling in the Human EEG During the Control of Bottom-up and Top-down Attention / Dandan Zhao and Ling Li 42 Phase-Dependent Alteration of Functional Connectivity Density During Face Recognition in the Infra-slow Frequency Range / Yifeng Wang, Feng Liu, Xiujuan Jing, Zhiliang Long and Huafu Chen 43 The Supramodal Brain Network for the Recognition of Faces and Bodies: Is Visual Experience Necessary for the Development of High-Order Visual Cortices? / Ryo Kitada 44 Over-Complete Analysis for Resting-State fMRI Data / Ruiyang Ge, Li Yao, Hang Zhang, Xia Wu and Zhiying Long 45 Decoding Brain States with Simulated Microgravity from Baseline Using Functional Connectivity of Default Network / Ling-Li Zeng, Yang Liao, Hui Shen, Xufeng Liu and Dewen Hu 46 Experimental Studies on the Contralateral Regulation of Cerebral Blood Flow Using a Patient-Specific Aneurysm Model / Lizhong Mu, Ying He, Junyuan Chen, Xunjie Yu, Jianhui Wei, Changjin Ji and Jiaqi Lv 47 A Robust Coherence-Based Brain Connectivity Method with an Application to EEG Recordings / Jiaqing Yan, Jianbin Wen, Yinghua Wang, Xianzeng Liu and Xiaoli Li Part VI Advanced Brain Computer Interaction 48 Robust Averaging of Covariance Matrices by Riemannian Geometry for Motor-Imagery Brain–Computer Interfacing / Takashi Uehara, Toshihisa Tanaka and Simone Fiori 49 Vibrotactile Brain–Computer Interface with Error-Detecting Codes / Sittipong Apichartstaporn, Kitsuchart Pasupa and Yoshikazu Washizawa 50 Sparse Support Vector Machine for Simultaneous Feature Selection and Classification in Motor-Imagery-Based BCI / Yu Zhang, Yu Wang, Jing Jin and Xingyu Wang 51 QEEG Coherence Evaluation for Soccer Performance Level Analysis of the Striker / Kittichai Tharawadeepimuk and Yodchanan Wongsawat 52 BCI-Based Mobile Phone Using SSVEP Techniques / Dongsheng Wang, Toshiki Kobayashi, Gaochao Cui, Daishi Watabe and Jianting Cao 53 Two-Step Input Spatial Auditory BCI for Japanese Kana Characters / Moonjeong Chang and Tomasz M. Rutkowski 54 Resting-State Long-Range Functional Connectivity Density Reveals Sensorimotor Rhythm-Based BCI Performance Variations / Rui Zhang, Tao Zhang, Teng Ma, Fali Li, Dezhong Yao and Peng Xu 55 On the Correlations of Motor Imagery of Swallow with Motor Imagery of Tongue Movements and Actual Swallow / Huijuan Yang, Cuntai Guan, Chuan Chu Wang, Kai Keng Ang, Kok Soon Phua, See San Chok, Christina Ka Yin Tang and Karen Sui Geok Chua
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: 9789400706682 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This is the first comprehensive science-based textbook on the biology and ecology of the Baltic Sea, one of the world’s largest brackish water bodies. The aim of this book is to provide students and other readers with knowledge about the conditions for life in brackish water, the functioning of the Baltic Sea ecosystem and its environmental problems and management. It highlights biological variation along the unique environmental gradients of the brackish Baltic Sea Area (the Baltic Sea, Belt Sea and Kattegat), especially those in salinity and climate. The first part of the book presents the challenges for life processes and ecosystem dynamics that result from the Baltic Sea’s highly variable recent geological history and geographical isolation. The second part explains interactions between organisms and their environment, including biogeochemical cycles, patterns of biodiversity, genetic diversity and evolution, biological invasions and physiological adaptations. In the third part, the subsystems of the Baltic Sea ecosystem - the pelagic zone, the sea ice, the deep soft sea beds, the phytobenthic zone, the sandy coasts, and estuaries and coastal lagoons - are treated in detail with respect to the structure and function of communities and habitats and consequences of natural and anthropogenic constraints, such as climate change, discharges of nutrients and hazardous substances. Finally, the fourth part of the book discusses monitoring and ecosystem-based management to deal with contemporary and emerging threats to the ecosystem’s health.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxi, 683 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9789400706682 , 978-94-007-0668-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Baltic Sea environment 1 Brackish water as an environment / Hendrik Schubert, Dirk Schories, Bernd Schneider, and Uwe Selig 2 Why is the Baltic Sea so special to live in? / Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm and Elinor Andrén Part II Ecological processes in the Baltic Sea 3 Biogeochemical cycles / Bernd Schneider, Olaf Dellwig, Karol Kuliński, Anders Omstedt, Falk Pollehne, Gregor Rehder, and Oleg Savchuk 4 Patterns of biodiversity / Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm 5 Biological invasions / Sergej Olenin, Stephan Gollasch, Maiju Lehtiniemi, Mariusz Sapota, and Anastasija Zaiko 6 Genetic diversity and evolution / Risto Väinölä and Kerstin Johannesson 7 Physiological adaptations / Hendrik Schubert, Irena Telesh, Mikko Nikinmaa, and Sergei Skarlato Part III Subsystems of the Baltic Sea ecosystem 8 The pelagic food web / Agneta Andersson, Timo Tamminen, Sirpa Lehtinen, Klaus Jürgens, Matthias Labrenz, and Markku Viitasalo 9 Life associated with Baltic Sea ice / David N. Thomas, Hermanni Kaartokallio, Letizia Tedesco, Markus Majaneva, Jonna Piiparinen, Eeva Eronen-Rasimus, Janne-Markus Rintala, Harri Kuosa, Jaanika Blomster, Jouni Vainio, and Mats A. Granskog 10 Deep soft seabeds / Urszula Janas, Erik Bonsdorff, Jan Warzocha, and Teresa Radziejewska 11 The phytobenthic zone / Hans Kautsky, Georg Martin, and Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm 12 Sandy coasts / Teresa Radziejewska, Jonne Kotta, and Lech Kotwicki 13 Estuaries and coastal lagoons / Hendrik Schubert and Irena Telesh Part IV Monitoring and ecosystem-based management of the Baltic Sea 14 Biological indicators / Michael L. Zettler, Alexander Darr, Matthias Labrenz, Sigrid Sagert, Uwe Selig, Ursula Siebert, and Nardine Stybel 15 Bio-optical water quality assessment / Susanne Kratzer, Piotr Kowalczuk, and Sławomir Sagan 16 Chemical pollution and ecotoxicology / Kari K. Lehtonen, Anders Bignert, Clare Bradshaw, Katja Broeg, and Doris Schiedek 17 Ecosystem health / Maria Laamanen, Samuli Korpinen, Ulla Li Zweifel, and Jesper H. Andersen 18 Ecosystem goods, services and management / Jan Marcin Węsławski, Eugeniusz Andrulewicz, Christoffer Boström, Jan Horbowy, Tomasz Linkowski, Johanna Mattila, Sergej Olenin, Joanna Piwowarczyk, and Krzysztof Skóra Subject index Taxonomy index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: 9783319673400 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book offers comprehensive information on the theory, models and algorithms involved in state-of-the-art multivariate time series analysis and highlights several of the latest research advances in climate and environmental science. The main topics addressed include Multivariate Time-Frequency Analysis, Artificial Neural Networks, Stochastic Modeling and Optimization, Spectral Analysis, Global Climate Change, Regional Climate Change, Ecosystem and Carbon Cycle, Paleoclimate, and Strategies for Climate Change Mitigation. The self-contained guide will be of great value to researchers and advanced students from a wide range of disciplines: those from Meteorology, Climatology, Oceanography, the Earth Sciences and Environmental Science will be introduced to various advanced tools for analyzing multivariate data, greatly facilitating their research, while those from Applied Mathematics, Statistics, Physics, and the Computer Sciences will learn how to use these multivariate time series analysis tools to approach climate and environmental topics.  
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 287 Seiten) , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319673400 , 978-3-319-67340-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Artificial Neural Network 1.1 Network Architectures 1.1.1 Multilayer Feedforward Networks 1.1.2 Recurrent Networks 1.2 Perceptrons 1.2.1 Rosenblatt’s Perceptron 1.2.2 Multilayer Perceptron 1.3 Linear Network and Bayes Classifier 1.4 Radial Basis Function Network 1.4.1 Radial Basis Function 1.4.2 Interpolation 1.4.3 Receptive Field 1.5 Generalized Regression Network 1.6 Self-organizing Network 1.6.1 Kohonen Self-organizing Map Network 1.6.2 Learning Vector Quantization Network 1.7 Hopfield Network 1.7.1 Continuous Hopfield Network 1.7.2 Discrete Hopfield Network Further Reading 2 Multivariate Harmonic Analysis 2.1 Fourier Transform 2.2 Discrete Fourier Transform 2.3 Discrete Cosine/Sine Transform 2.3.1 Four Forms of DCTs 2.3.2 Four Forms of DSTs 2.4 Filtering 2.5 Fractional Fourier Transform 2.5.1 Continuous FRFT 2.5.2 Discrete FRFT 2.5.3 Multivariate FRFT 2.6 Space–Frequency Distribution 2.6.1 Multivariate Windowed Fourier Transform 2.6.2 General Form 2.6.3 Popular Distributions 2.7 Multivariate Interpolation 2.7.1 Multivariate Polynomial Interpolation 2.7.2 Schoenberg Interpolation 2.7.3 Micchelli Interpolation 2.7.4 Interpolation on Spheres 2.8 Sparse Approximation 2.8.1 Approximation Kernels 2.8.2 Sparse Schemes 2.8.3 Greedy Algorithm 2.9 Spherical Harmonics 2.9.1 Spherical Harmonic Functions 2.9.2 Invariant Subspace under Fourier Transform 2.10 Harmonic Analysis on General Domains 2.10.1 Symmetric Kernels 2.10.2 Smooth Extensions and Approximation 2.11 Harmonic Analysis on Graphs 2.11.1 The Laplacian of a Graph 2.11.2 Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions 2.11.3 Fourier Expansions Further Reading 3 Multivariate Wavelets 3.1 Multiresolution Analysis 3.1.1 Structure of MRA 3.1.2 Scaling Functions 3.2 Multivariate Orthogonal Wavelets 3.2.1 Separable Wavelets 3.2.2 Non-separable Wavelets 3.2.3 p-Band Wavelets 3.3 Biorthogonal Wavelets 3.3.1 Univariate Biorthogonal Wavelets 3.3.2 Multivariate Biorthogonal Wavelets 3.3.3 p-Band Biorthogonal Wavelets 3.3.4 Semi-orthogonal Wavelets 3.4 Wavelets on Domains 3.4.1 Continuous Extension 3.4.2 Wavelet Expansion 3.5 Discrete Wavelet Transforms 3.5.1 Discrete Orthogonal Wavelet Transforms 3.5.2 Discrete Biorthogonal Wavelet Transforms 3.5.3 Discrete Biorthogonal Periodic Wavelets Transforms 3.5.4 Discrete Harmonic Wavelet Transforms 3.6 Wavelet Packets 3.6.1 Continuous Wavelet Packets 3.6.2 Discrete Wavelet Packets 3.7 Wavelet Variance 3.7.1 Generalized Wavelet Decomposition 3.7.2 Maximal Overlap Discrete Wavelet Transform 3.7.3 Wavelet Variance 3.8 Significant Tests 3.8.1 Haar Wavelet Analysis 3.8.2 Morlet Wavelet Analysis 3.9 Wavelet Threshold and Shrinkage 3.9.1 Wavelet Threshold 3.9.2 Wavelet Shrinkage 3.9.3 Minimax Estimation 3.9.4 Adaptive Denoising Algorithm 3.10 Shearlets, Bandelets, and Curvelets 3.10.1 Shearlets 3.10.2 Bandelets 3.10.3 Curvelets Further Reading 4 Stochastic Representation and Modeling 4.1 Stochastic Processes 4.1.1 Vector Stochastic Processes 4.1.2 Gaussian, Markov, and Wiener Processes 4.2 Stationarity and Trend Tests 4.2.1 Stationarity Tests 4.2.2 Trend Tests 4.3 Patterns and Classification 4.3.1 Principal Component Analysis 4.3.2 Factor Analysis 4.3.3 Cluster Analysis 4.3.4 Discriminant Analysis 4.3.5 Canonical Correlation Analysis 4.4 Multidimensional Scaling 4.5 Vector ARMA Processes 4.5.1 Vector MA(q) Processes 4.5.2 Vector AR(p) Processes 4.5.3 Vector ARMA(p, q) Processes 4.6 Monte Carlo Methods 4.7 Black–Scholes Models 4.8 Stochastic Optimization Further Reading 5 Multivariate Spectral Analysis 5.1 Power Spectral Density 5.2 Periodogram and Correlogram 5.2.1 Algorithms 5.2.2 Bias Analysis 5.2.3 Variance Analysis 5.3 Blackman–Tukey Method 5.3.1 Blackman–Tukey Estimator 5.3.2 Several Common Windows 5.3.3 Positive Semidefinite Window 5.4 Welch Method 5.5 Multitaper Method 5.6 Maximum Entropy Method 5.7 Rational Spectral Estimation 5.8 Discrete Spectral Estimation 5.9 Vector ARMA Spectrum 5.10 Multichannel Singular Spectrum Analysis Further Reading 6 Climate Modeling 6.1 Greenhouse Gases 6.2 Impacts and Feedback of Climate Change 6.3 Framework of Climate Models 6.3.1 Basic Physical Laws Used in Climate Models 6.3.2 Discretization and Parameterization 6.3.3 The Hierarchy of Climate Models 6.4 Coupled Model Intercomparison Project Further Reading 7 Regional Climate Change 7.1 Middle East and Mediterranean Region 7.1.1 Precipitation 7.1.2 Air Temperature 7.1.3 Climate Modeling 7.1.4 Desert Dust 7.1.5 Water Resources 7.1.6 Soil Temperature 7.2 Asia-Pacific Region 7.2.1 Tibetan Plateau 7.2.2 El Niño–Southern Oscillation 7.2.3 Indian Monsoon 7.2.4 Modeling Sea Surface Temperature 7.3 Arctic Region 7.3.1 Sea Ice 7.3.2 Permafrost Carbon Further Reading 8 Ecosystem and Carbon Cycle 8.1 Terrestrial Ecosystems 8.1.1 Terrestrial Hydrologic Cycle 8.1.2 Photosynthesis 8.1.3 Gross and Net Primary Production 8.1.4 Net Ecosystem Production 8.1.5 Terrestrial Nutrient Cycle 8.2 Ocean Ecosystems 8.2.1 Solubility and Air–Sea Gas Exchange 8.2.2 Oceanic Carbon Sink 8.2.3 Compounds in Seawater 8.2.4 Biogeochemical Cycles Further Reading 9 Paleoclimate Proxies 9.1 Tree-Rings 9.1.1 Field Works 9.1.2 Statistical Analysis 9.2 Ice Cores 9.2.1 Ice and Isotopes 9.2.2 Ice Core Samples 9.3 Speleothems 9.3.1 Oxygen Isotope Ratio 9.3.2 Carbon Isotope Ratio 9.3.3 Hydrogen Isotope Ratio Further Reading 10 Strategies for Climate Change Mitigation 10.1 Assessment Methods and Tools 10.1.1 Data Envelopment Analysis 10.1.2 Risk Assessment 10.1.3 Life Cycle Assessment 10.2 Carbon Emissions Reduction 10.2.1 Industrial Sector 10.2.2 Agriculture Sector 10.2.3 The Building Sector 10.2.4 The Transportation Sector 10.2.5 The Household Sector 10.2.6 Low-Carbon Energy 10.3 Carbon Capture, Transport, Utilization, and Storage 10.3.1 Carbon Capture 10.3.2 Transport of CO2 10.3.3 Geological Storage of CO2 10.3.4 Utilization of CO2 10.4 Geoengineering 10.4.1 Space-Based Geoengineering 10.4.2 Atmosphere-Based Geoenginnering 10.4.3 Land-Based Geoengineering 10.4.4 Ocean-Based Geoengineering 10.4.5 Conclusions Further Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: 9783319774015 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is devoted to 250 years of collecting, organizing and preserving paleontological specimens by generations of scientists. Paleontological collections are a huge resource for modern research and should be available for national and international scientists and institutions, as well as prospective public and private customers. These collections are an important part of the scientific enterprise, supporting research, public education, and the documentation of past biodiversity. Much of what we are beginning to understand about our world, we owe to the collection, preservation, and ongoing study of natural specimens. Properly preserved collections of fossil marine or terrestrial plants and animals are archives of Earth's history and vital to our ability to learn about our place in its future. The approach employed by the editors involves not only an introduction to the paleontological collections in general, but also information on the international and national collection networks. Particular attention is given to new exhibition concepts and approaches of sorting, preserving and researching in paleontological collections and also their neglect and/or threat. In addition, the book provides information on all big public museums, on important state museums and regional Museums, and also on university collections. This is a highly informative and carefully presented book, providing scientific insight for readers with an interest in fossil record, biodiversity, taxonomy, or evolution, as well as natural history collections at large.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 573 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783319774015 , 978-3-319-77401-5
    ISSN: 2510-1862 , 2510-1870
    Series Statement: Natural history collections
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Research and Open Questions—A Modern Concept Behind Berlins T.rex Presentation of Tristan Otto / Uwe Moldrzyk and Linda Gallé 2 Scientific Methods of Geological and Paleontological Collections and Trends in Paleontological Investigation and Research / Cathrin Hühne 3 BAMBERG: The Paleontological Collection at the Museum of Natural History in Bamberg (NKMB) / Matthias Mäuser 4 BASEL: The Natural History Museum Basel (NMB) / Walter Etter, Michael Knappertsbusch, and Loïc Costeur 5 BERLIN: The Palaeontological Collections of the Museum für Naturkunde Berlin / Christian Neumann, Stephan Schultka, and Florian Witzmann 6 BERN: The Natural History Museum — An Institution of the Burgergemeinde of Bern / Ursula Menkveld-Gfeller 7 BIELEFELD: Not Worth Mentioning? Paleontological Collections of Small Museums: The Example of Bielefeld (North Rhine Westphalia, Germany) / Mark Keiter and Sven Sachs 8 BILZINGSLEBEN: The Bilzingsleben Collection / Clemens Pasda 9 The Paleontological Collection of the State Museum of Natural History (SNHM) in Braunschweig, Germany / Ralf Kosma 10 BREMEN: The Paleontological Research Collection of the Geosciences Collection of the University of Bremen / Jens Lehmann 11 CHEMNITZ: Back to the Roots of Palaeobotany—Chemnitz and its Palaeontological Collection / Ronny Rößler and Thorid Zierold 12 COBURG: Naturkunde-Museum Coburg—Paleontological Collections / Eckhard Mönnig 13 COTTBUS: Museum of Natural History and Environment in Cottbus / Rolf Striegler and Ursula Striegler 14 DARMSTADT: The Paleontological Collections of Hessisches Landesmuseum Darmstadt / Gabriele Gruber, Oliver Sandrock, and Torsten Wappler 15 DESSAU-ROSSLAU: Museum of Natural History and Prehistory—Paleontological Collection / Angelika Hesse 16 DORTMUND: Museum für Naturkunde der Stadt Dortmund / Jan-Michael Ilger and Oliver Adrian 17 DOTTERNHAUSEN: The Jurassic World of the Swabian Alb Region (South Germany): The Fossil Collection of the Werkforum and Fossil Museum of Dotternhausen / Annette Schmid-Röhl 18 EICHSTÄTT: The Jura-Museum Eichstätt / Martina Kölbl-Ebert 19 ERLANGEN: The Erlangen Paleobiology Collections / Wolfgang Kiessling, Michael Heinze, and Cristina Krause 20 ESSEN: Ruhr Museum—Geological Collection / Ulrike Stottrop, Udo Scheer, and Esther Guderley 21 FRANKFURT/DRESDEN/GÖRLITZ: Palaeontological collections of the Senckenberg Gesellschaft für Naturforschung / Dieter Uhl, Lutz Kunzmann, Christine Hertler, Ralf-Dietrich Kahlke, John-Albrecht Keiler, Peter Königshof, Ottmar Kullmer, Stephan Schaal, Krister Smith, Mónica M. Sólorzano Kraemer, Martina Stebich, Olaf Tietz, and Markus Wilmsen 22 FRICK: Late Triassic Basal Sauropodomorph and Theropod Dinosaurs at the Sauriermuseum Frick, Switzerland / Andrea B. Oettl-Rieser and Marion Zahner 23 GOTHA: Museum der Natur, Stiftung Schloss Friedenstein Gotha / Oliver Wings and Carsten Eckert 24 GÖTTINGEN: The Palaeontological Collections of the Geoscience Museum at the Georg-August University in Göttingen / Alexander Gehler, Mike Reich, and Joachim Reitner 25 HALLE: The Geiseltal Collection of Martin Luther University, Halle-Wittenberg / Frank D. Steinheimer and Alexander K. Hastings 26 HALLE: The Palaeontological Collection of the Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg in Halle (Saale) / Norbert Hauschke 27 HAMBURG: Palaeontological Collections of the Center of Natural History, Universität Hamburg / Ulrich Kotthoff and Jochen Schlüter 28 HANNOVER/BERLIN: The Geoscientific Collections of the Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources and the State Authority for Mining, Energy and Geology in Hannover and Berlin / Angela Ehling and Carmen Heunisch 29 HANNOVER: Niedersächsisches Landesmuseum Hannover—Lower Saxony State Museum Hannover / Annette Richter and Annina Böhme 30 HILDESHEIM: Roemer- and Pelizaeus-Museum / Jürgen Vespermann 31 HOLZMADEN: Prehistoric Museum Hauff—A Fossil Museum Since 4 Generations—(Urweltmuseum Hauff) / Rolf Bernhard Hauff and Ulrich Joger 32 INGELFINGEN: Muschelkalkmuseum Hagdorn Stadt Ingelfingen / Hans Hagdorn 33 JENA: The Palaeontological Collections at the Phyletisches Museum in Jena / Dietrich von Knorre and Rolf G. Beutel 34 MAUER: The Locality of Mauer and its Virtual Collection of Middle Pleistocene Mammal Fossils / H. Dieter Schreiber, Kristina Eck, and Volker Liebig 35 KÖLN: Geological Collections of the University of Cologne (GCC) (Geological and Palaeontological Collections of the Institute of Geology and Mineralogy, University of Cologne) / Michael R. W. Amler and Hans-Georg Herbig 36 KREFELD: Palaeobotanical and Palynological Collection at the Geological Survey North Rhine-Westphalia / Christoph Hartkopf-Fröder 37 LINZ: The Paleontological Collection of the Upper Austrian State Museum, Linz / Björn Berning 38 LÜBECK: Museum of Nature and Environment, Paleontological Collections / Susanne Füting 39 MAINZ: Paleontological Collections of the University of Mainz (Geoscientific Collections) / Kirsten I. Grimm and Bernd R. Schöne 40 MAINZ: Palaeontological Collections of the Landesamt für Geologie Und Bergbau Rheinland-Pfalz (Rhineland-Palatinate, Germany) / Jürgen Gad, Winfried Kuhn, and Peter Schäfer 41 The Reiss-Engelhorn-Museen / Doris Döppes and Wilfried Rosendahl 42 MARBURG: GeoArchive Marburg (Geological and Palaeontological Collections of the Former Faculty of Geosciences, Philipps University of Marburg) / Michael R. W. Amler, Günter Kauffmann, and Dieter Uhl 43 MÜNCHEN: The Fossil Collections of the Bavarian State Collections at Munich / Mike Reich and Gert Wörheide 44 MÜNSTER: Geomuseum of the WWU / Markus Bertling 45 NIERSTEIN: Paläontologisches Museum Nierstein / Lutz Kaecke 46 SCHIFFWEILER (Landsweiler-Reden): Center for Biological Documentation (Zentrum für Biodokumention—ZfBS) / Edgar Müller 47 SCHLEUSINGEN: Naturhistorisches Museum Schloss Bertholdsburg Schleusingen (Thuringia, Germany)—Home of Permian and Triassic Fossils / Ralf Werneburg 48 SIEGSDORF: The Siegsdorf Natural History and Mammoth Museum / Robert Darga 49 ST. GALLEN: Naturmuseum St. Gallen / Toni Bürgin 50 Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde Stuttgart (SMNS) / Rainer Schoch and Johanna Kovar-Eder 51 THALLICHTENBERG: POLLICHIA Geoscience Collections at the Urweltmuseum GEOSKOP, Thallichtenberg (Germany) / Sebastian Voigt and Jan Fischer 52 TÜBINGEN: The Palaeontologial Collection of Tübingen / Ingmar Werneburg and Madelaine Böhme 53 WIEN: “To the Realm of Nature and its Exploration”: The Paleontological Collections of the Natural History Museum Vienna / Mathias Harzhauser and Andreas Kroh 54 WIESBADEN: Museum Wiesbaden, Natural History Collections / Fritz Geller-Grimm 55 ZURICH: The Geological-Palaeontological Collection at ETH Zurich / Andreas D. Mueller, Rodney Eastwood, and Stefan Ungricht 56 ZURICH: Palaeontological Museum of the University of Zurich / Christian Klug and Beat Scheffold 57 State Museum of Natural History Karlsruhe: Institute of Life and Earth Sciences / Eberhard Frey and H. Dieter Schreiber Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 9783319759197 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the approaches, applied methods and central participatory processes at the science-stakeholder interfaces embedded in the development of the "Earth System Knowledge Platform (ESKP)". The latter is an initiative of the German Helmholtz Association, synthesizing the expertise of the eight Helmholtz research institutions focusing on Earth System Sciences. The contributions showcase the approach of the Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research (AWI) within the ESKP initiative. Central focus is placed on the question as to which knowledge transfer processes can be employed to foster meaningful approaches based on science-stakeholder dialogues, data products, and/or modelling. The authors suggest that the tools and approaches for enhancing the vital contributions of science to addressing societal challenges warrant further investigation and development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 133 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319759197 , 978-3-319-75919-7
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Earth System Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Setting the Scene The Anthropocene—What Does It Entail for Science? / Gesche Krause The Role of Knowledge Exchange in Earth System Science—The Earth System Knowledge Platform (ESKP) / Gesche Krause, Ute Münch, Jana Kandarr, Oliver Jorzik and Pia Klinghammer The AWI Approach at the Science-Stakeholder Interface / Gesche Krause, Klaus Grosfeld and Wolfgang Hiller Part II Dialogue Approaches of ESKP Contributions to AWI Knowledge Transfer Regional Awareness on Sea Level Rise Effects—What Do We Know About the South-Eastern North Sea Coast? / Nina Eschweiler, Tobias Dolch and Christian Buschbaum Climate Change and Biodiversity—Implications for the Local Fisheries Sector / Christina Hörterer, Maximilian Schupp, Andreas Benkens and Bela H. Buck Linking Biodiversity Research Communities / Sonja Knapp, Alexandra Kraberg, Stephan Frickenhaus, Stefan Klotz, Oliver Schweiger and Gesche Krause Engaging Forecast Users During the Year of Polar Prediction / Winfried Hoke, Kirstin Werner, Helge Goessling and Thomas Jung Governance of Resources for Arctic Sustainable Policy and Practice (GRASP)—Stakeholder Mapping / Sebastian Knecht, Andreas Herber and Kathrin Stephen Building Bridges at the Arctic Science-Policy Interface / Volker Rachold Part III Data-Products of ESKP Contributions to AWI Knowledge Transfer The Web Portal ‘meereisportal.de’ in Context of ESKP / Klaus Grosfeld, Renate Treffeisen, Jölund Asseng and Georg Heygster Knowledge Transfer by the Global Terrestrial Network for Permafrost (GTN-P) / Boris K. Biskaborn and Hugues Lantuit A Web-Based Information System for Macrobenthic Biodiversity in the German North Sea / Jan M. Holstein Tackling Marine Litter—LITTERBASE / Melanie Bergmann, Mine B. Tekman, Andreas Walter and Lars Gutow Part IV Modelling Approaches of ESKP Contributions to AWI Knowledge Transfer Arctic Sea Ice Change, Large-Scale Atmospheric Circulation Patterns and Extreme Climate and Weather in Europe / Ralf Jaiser and Dörthe Handorf Extending and Visualizing the TsunAWI Simulation Database of the Indonesia Tsunami Early Warning System (InaTEWS) / Antonia Immerz, Sven Harig and Natalja Rakowsky Streamflow Forecasting and Biodiversity / Monica Ionita, Madlene Pfeiffer and Stephan Frickenhaus Part V Pathways to Formalizing Knowledge Transfer Accompanying ESKP Projects—Development of a Process Assessment Strategy Within ESKP@AWI / Gesche Krause and Maximilian Felix Schupp Science and Society—The Time to Interact / Gesche Krause, Klaus Grosfeld and Annette Breckwoldt Erratum to: A Web-Based Information System for Macrobenthic Biodiversity in the German North Sea / Jan M. Holstein
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: 9781491903117 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 590 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781491903117 (e-book) , 978-1-4919-0311-7
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Preface Part I. Foundations of Data Systems 1. Reliable, Scalable, and Maintainable Applications Thinking About Data Systems Reliability Hardware Faults Software Errors Human Errors How Important Is Reliability? Scalability Describing Load Describing Performance Approaches for Coping with Load Maintainability Operability: Making Life Easy for Operations Simplicity: Managing Complexity Evolvability: Making Change Easy Summary 2. Data Models and Query Languages Relational Model Versus Document Model The Birth of NoSQL The Object-Relational Mismatch Many-to-One and Many-to-Many Relationships Are Document Databases Repeating History? Relational Versus Document Databases Today Query Languages for Data Declarative Queries on the Web MapReduce Querying Graph-Like Data Models Property Graphs The Cypher Query Language Graph Queries in SQL Triple-Stores and SPARQL The Foundation: Datalog Summary 3. Storage and Retrieval Data Structures That Power Your Database Hash Indexes SSTables and LSM-Trees B-Trees Comparing B-Trees and LSM-Trees Other Indexing Structures Transaction Processing or Analytics? Data Warehousing Stars and Snowflakes: Schemas for Analytics Column-Oriented Storage Column Compression Sort Order in Column Storage Writing to Column-Oriented Storage Aggregation: Data Cubes and Materialized Views Summary 4. Encoding and Evolution Formats for Encoding Data Language-Specific Formats JSON, XML, and Binary Variants Thrift and Protocol Buffers Avro The Merits of Schemas Modes of Dataflow Dataflow Through Databases Dataflow Through Services: REST and RPC Message-Passing Dataflow Summary Part II. Distributed Data 5. Replication Leaders and Followers Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Replication Setting Up New Followers Handling Node Outages Implementation of Replication Logs Problems with Replication Lag Reading Your Own Writes Monotonic Reads Consistent Prefix Reads Solutions for Replication Lag Multi-Leader Replication Use Cases for Multi-Leader Replication Handling Write Conflicts Multi-Leader Replication Topologies Leaderless Replication Writing to the Database When a Node Is Down Limitations of Quorum Consistency Sloppy Quorums and Hinted Handoff Detecting Concurrent Writes Summary 6. Partitioning Partitioning and Replication Partitioning of Key-Value Data Partitioning by Key Range Partitioning by Hash of Key Skewed Workloads and Relieving Hot Spots Partitioning and Secondary Indexes Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Document Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Term Rebalancing Partitions Strategies for Rebalancing Operations: Automatic or Manual Rebalancing Request Routing Parallel Query Execution Summary 7. Transactions The Slippery Concept of a Transaction The Meaning of ACID Single-Object and Multi-Object Operations Weak Isolation Levels Read Committed Snapshot Isolation and Repeatable Read Preventing Lost Updates Write Skew and Phantoms Serializability Actual Serial Execution Two-Phase Locking (2PL) Serializable Snapshot Isolation (SSI) Summary 8. The Trouble with Distributed Systems Faults and Partial Failures Cloud Computing and Supercomputing Unreliable Networks Network Faults in Practice Detecting Faults Timeouts and Unbounded Delays Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Networks Unreliable Clocks Monotonic Versus Time-of-Day Clocks Clock Synchronization and Accuracy Relying on Synchronized Clocks Process Pauses Knowledge, Truth, and Lies The Truth Is Defined by the Majority Byzantine Faults System Model and Reality Summary 9. Consistency and Consensus Consistency Guarantees Linearizability What Makes a System Linearizable? Relying on Linearizability Implementing Linearizable Systems The Cost of Linearizability Ordering Guarantees Ordering and Causality Sequence Number Ordering Total Order Broadcast Distributed Transactions and Consensus Atomic Commit and Two-Phase Commit (2PC) Distributed Transactions in Practice Fault-Tolerant Consensus Membership and Coordination Services Summary Part III. Derived Data 10. Batch Processing Batch Processing with Unix Tools Simple Log Analysis The Unix Philosophy MapReduce and Distributed Filesystems MapReduce Job Execution Reduce-Side Joins and Grouping Map-Side Joins The Output of Batch Workflows Comparing Hadoop to Distributed Databases Beyond MapReduce Materialization of Intermediate State Graphs and Iterative Processing High-Level APIs and Languages Summary 11. Stream Processing Transmitting Event Streams Messaging Systems Partitioned Logs Databases and Streams Keeping Systems in Sync Change Data Capture Event Sourcing State, Streams, and Immutability Processing Streams Uses of Stream Processing Reasoning About Time Stream Joins Fault Tolerance Summary 12. The Future of Data Systems Data Integration Combining Specialized Tools by Deriving Data Batch and Stream Processing Unbundling Databases Composing Data Storage Technologies Designing Applications Around Dataflow Observing Derived State Aiming for Correctness The End-to-End Argument for Databases Enforcing Constraints Timeliness and Integrity Trust, but Verify Doing the Right Thing Predictive Analytics Privacy and Tracking Summary Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: 9783319588957 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Advances in Nonlinear Geosciences is a set of contributions from the participants of “30 Years of Nonlinear Dynamics” held July 3-8, 2016 in Rhodes, Greece as part of the Aegean Conferences, as well as from several other experts in the field who could not attend the meeting. The volume brings together up-to-date research from the atmospheric sciences, hydrology, geology, and other areas of geosciences and presents the new advances made in the last 10 years. Topics include chaos synchronization, topological data analysis, new insights on fractals, multifractals and stochasticity, climate dynamics, extreme events, complexity, and causality, among other topics. 
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 707 Seiten) , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319588957 , 978-3-319-58895-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Pullback Attractor Crisis in a Delay Differential ENSO Model / Mickaël D. Chekroun, Michael Ghil, and J. David Neelin Shear-Wave Splitting Indicates Non-Linear Dynamic Deformation in the Crust and Upper Mantle / Stuart Crampin, Gulten Polat, Yuan Gao, David B. Taylor, and Nurcan Meral Ozel Stochastic Parameterization of Subgrid-Scale Processes: A Review of Recent Physically Based Approaches / Jonathan Demaeyer and Stéphane Vannitsem Large-Scale Atmospheric Phenomena Under the Lens of Ordinal Time-Series Analysis and Information Theory Measures / J.I. Deza, G. Tirabassi, M. Barreiro, and C. Masoller Supermodeling: Synchronization of Alternative Dynamical Models of a Single Objective Process / Gregory S. Duane, Wim Wiegerinck, Frank Selten, Mao-Lin Shen, and Noel Keenlyside Are We Measuring the Right Things for Climate? / Christopher Essex and Bjarne Andresen What Have Complex Network Approaches Learned Us About El Niño? / Qing Yi Feng and Henk A. Dijkstra Late Quaternary Climate Response at 100 kyr: A Noise-Induced Cycle Suppression Mechanism / Ivan L’Heureux Role of Nonlinear Eddy Forcing in the Dynamics of Multiple Zonal Jets / Igor Kamenkovich and Pavel Berloff Data-Adaptive Harmonic Decomposition and Stochastic Modeling of Arctic Sea Ice / Dmitri Kondrashov, Mickaël D. Chekroun, Xiaojun Yuan, and Michael Ghil Cautionary Remarks on the Auto-Correlation Analysis of Self-Similar Time Series / Sung Yong Kim Emergence of Coherent Clusters in the Ocean / A.D. Kirwan Jr., H.S. Huntley, and H. Chang The Rise and Fall of Thermodynamic Complexity and the Arrow of Time / A. D. Kirwan Jr. and William Seitz From Fractals to Stochastics: Seeking Theoretical Consistency in Analysis of Geophysical Data / Demetris Koutsoyiannis, Panayiotis Dimitriadis, Federico Lombardo, and Spencer Stevens Role of Nonlinear Dynamics in Accelerated Warming of Great Lakes / Sergey Kravtsov, Noriyuki Sugiyama, and Paul Roebber The Prediction of Nonlinear Polar Motion Based on Artificial Neural Network (ANN) and Fuzzy Inference System (FIS) / Ramazan Alper Kuçak, Ra¸sit Ulu˘g, and Orhan Akyılmaz Harnessing Butterflies: Theory and Practice of the Stochastic Seasonal to Interannual Prediction System (StocSIPS) / S. Lovejoy, L. Del Rio Amador, and R. Hébert Regime Change Detection in Irregularly Sampled Time Series / Norbert Marwan, Deniz Eroglu, Ibrahim Ozken, Thomas Stemler, Karl-Heinz Wyrwoll, and Jürgen Kurths Topological Data Analysis: Developments and Applications / Francis C. Motta Nonlinear Dynamical Approach to Atmospheric Predictability / C. Nicolis Linked by Dynamics: Wavelet-Based Mutual Information Rate as a Connectivity Measure and Scale-Specific Networks / Milan Paluš Non-Extensive Statistical Mechanics: Overview of Theory and Applications in Seismogenesis, Climate, and Space Plasma / G.P. Pavlos, L.P. Karakatsanis, A.C. Iliopoulos, E.G. Pavlos, and A.A. Tsonis Spatial Patterns of Peak Flow Quantiles Based on Power-Law Scaling in the Mississippi River Basin / Gabriel Perez, Ricardo Mantilla, and Witold F. Krajewski Studying the Complexity of Rainfall Within California Via a Fractal Geometric Method / Carlos E. Puente, Mahesh L. Maskey, and Bellie Sivakumar Pandora Box of Multifractals: Barely Open? / Daniel Schertzer and Ioulia Tchiguirinskaia Complex Networks and Hydrologic Applications / Bellie Sivakumar, Carlos E. Puente, and Mahesh L. Maskey Convergent Cross Mapping: Theory and an Example / Anastasios A. Tsonis, Ethan R. Deyle, Hao Ye, and George Sugihara Randomnicity: Randomness as a Property of the Universe / Anastasios A. Tsonis Insights in Climate Dynamics from Climate Networks / Anastasios A. Tsonis On the Range of Frequencies of Intrinsic Climate Oscillations / Anastasios A. Tsonis and Michael D. Madsen The Prediction of Nonstationary Climate Series by Incorporating External Forces / Geli Wang, Peicai Yang, and Anastasios A. Tsonis The Impact of Nonlinearity on the Targeted Observations for Tropical Cyclone Prediction / Feifan Zhou and He Zhang Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1987.093.01
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 93 Teil I
    Description / Table of Contents: Im September 1986 jährte sich zum 10. Male der erste Weltraumeinsatz der metrischen Multispektralkamera MKF-6. .Dieses Ereignis bedeutete für die DDR und andere sozialistische Länder den praktischen Einstieg in die Entwicklung der Fernerkundung der Erde mit aerokosmischen Mitteln und den Beginn einer Dekade der intensiven Forschung und Entwicklung auf diesem Gebiet. Diesem historischen und über das damalige UdSSR/DDR-Weltraumexperiment "Raduga" zur aerokosmischen Multispektralfotografie weit hinausgehenden Ereignis war die 4 Wissenschaftliche DDR-Konferenz der Reihe "Stand und Entwicklungstendenzen der Fernerkundung" gewidmet, die als gemeinsame Veranstaltung der Arbeitsgruppe Naturwissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Geofernerkundung (AGNGF) der Wissenschaftlichen Räte für die Forschungsprogramme Geo- und Biowissenschaften (Leiteinrichtung: Zentralinstitut für Physik der Erde) sowie der Gesellschaft für Weltraumforschung und Raumfahrt der DDR (GWR) in Neubrandenburg durchgeführt wurde. Dem gemeinsamen Tätigkeitsgebiet der beiden Veranstalter entsprechend stand die Thematik "Fernerkundung der Erde und anderer Himmelskörper" im Mittelpunkt. Schwerpunkte des Programms waren - neue methodische und gerätetechnische Lösungen zur Gewinnung, automatisierten Auswertung und kartographischen Darstellung von Fernerkundungsdaten, - Nutzanwendungen von Fernerkundungsdaten bei der Erforschung der Erdoberfläche, insbesondere zur Kartierung thematischer Sachverhalte bei der Ressourcen- und Umweltforschung und bei der Erforschung von Planeten und Kometen.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (215 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Fotos
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 93 Teil I
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Kautzleben, H.: Zur Eröffnung der 4. Fernerkundungskonferenz Jähn, S.: Über den Mißbrauch der Weltraumforschung durch Militarisierung des Alls Marek, K.-H.: Die Geofernerkundung als Bestandteil moderner geowissenschaftlicher Informationsprozesse Müller, Kh.: 10 Jahre Carl-Zeiss-Fernerkundungstechnik im Einsatz Müller, R.: Aktuelle Fragen der völkerrechtlichen Regelung der Erdfernerkundung ANWENDUNGEN IN DER GEOLOGIE UND BODENKARTIERUNG Harff, J.; Bankwitz, B.; Bankwitz, P.: Untersuchung der Beziehungen zwischen geologisch-geophysikalischen Merkmalsfeldern und Fotolineationen für die Strukturanalyse der oberen Erdkruste Kvitkovič, J.; Feranec, J.: Lineare und nichtlineare Scheidelinien der Westkarpaten, identifiziert mittels kosmischer Aufnahmen Berndt, P.; Uglev, J.V.: Einige Aspekte der optoanalogen Bildbearbeitung für die geologische Forschung Weise, K.: Großmaßstäbige Bodenkartierung unter Nutzung von Fernerkundungsdaten Schröder, H.: Multispektralanalytische Quantifizierung kartierbarer Bodenmerkmale nordwestlich von Halle (Saale) Kühn, F.; Hörig, B.; Ulbricht, G.: Ein Beitrag zu Ergebnissen und Erfahrungen der wissenschaftlichen Zusammenarbeit zur Spektrometrie mit dem Bulgarischen Institut für Geophysikalische Untersuchungen und geologische Kartierung, Sofia ANWENDUNGEN IN DER KARTOGRAPHIE Buchroithner, M.: Computergestützte Verwertung von Weltraumphotographien Bähr, H.-P.: Landnutzungskartierung von Satelliten aus - ein Beispiel für friedliche Nutzung der Weltraumtechnologie Behrens, J.: Die Grundlagenkarte Landwirtschaft 1: 10 000, 1:25 000 und 1:50 000 - eine neue Kartierungsbasis für Fernerkundungsinformationen in der Pflanzenproduktion der DDR Donner, R.; Harnisch, G.: Untersuchungen zur Herstellung digitaler Bildmosaike Wolodschenko, A.: Zur Integration von kartographischen und aerokosmischen Forschungsmethoden ANWENDUNGEN IN DER LANDWIRTSCHAFT Kugler, H.; Gassert,: Inventur geoökologischer Funktionselemente der Agrarlandschaft mittels Luftbildinterpretation Barsch, H.; Söllner, R.; Weichelt, H.: Erfassung von Komponenten der Ertragsbildung auf der Grundlage spektraler Signaturen - Ergebnnisse des INTERKOSMOS-Experiments "Kursk 85" Kaden, K.: Zur Kennzeichnung der Vegetationsentwicklung aus der multitemporalen Dechiffrierung kosmischer Aufnahmen Tóth, K.: Einsatz von Fernerkundungsdaten für landwirtschaftliche Aufgabenstellungen Gerhardt, A.: Einsatz der Thermogaphie für Probleme der Pflanzenproduktion ANWENDUNGEN IN DER OZEANOLOGIE, ATMOSPHÄRENFORSCHUNG UND UMWELTÜBERWACHUNG Brosin, H.-J.; Gohs, L.; Schenkel, G.; Seifert, T.; Siegel, H.: Untersuchungen über räumliche Inhomogenitäten in der Wassertemperatur und in Wasserinhaltsstoffen in der östlichen Ostsee auf der Grundlage von Schiffs- und Satellitenbeobachtungen Siegel, H.: Über die Möglichkeiten der Aufstellung von Algorithmen zur Chlorophyllbestimmung aus spektralen Remissionskoeffizienten in der Ostsee Gohs, L.: Möglichkeiten zur Gewinnung von Informationen über die Wasseroberfläche mit dem Mikrodensitometer Vajen, H.-H.: Temperatureichung von IR-Wetterbildern Spänkuch, D.; Vogel, G.; Döhler, W.; Haus, R.: Vergleich exakt berechneter atmosphärischer Transmissionsfunktionen gasförmiger Absorber mit LOWTRAN-5 Klim; A.: Eine Näherungsmethode zur Transmissionsberechnung in der Erdatmosphäre Welzer, W.: Verfahren zur Erfassung von Immissionswirkungen Methoden der Fernerkundung
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: 9783319664934 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides contributions from leading experts on the integration of novel sensing technologies to yield unprecedented observations of coupled biological, chemical, and physical processes in the ocean from the macro to micro scale. Authoritative entries from experts around the globe provide first-hand information for oceanographers and researchers looking for solutions to measurement problems.  Ocean observational techniques have seen rapid advances in the last few years and this book addresses the need for a single overview of present and future trends in near real time and real time. First the past, present and future scenarios of ocean observational tools and techniques are elucidated. Then this book divides into three modes of ocean observations: surface, upper ocean and deep ocean. This is followed by data quality and modelling. Collecting a summary of methods and applications, this book provides first-hand information for oceanographers and researchers looking for solutions to measurement problems. This book is also suitable for final year undergraduate students or beginning graduate students in ocean engineering, oceanography and various other engineering students (such as Mechanical, Civil, Electrical, and Bioengineering) who are interested in specializing their skills towards modern measurements of the ocean.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 323 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-319-66493-4 , 9783319664934
    ISSN: 2365-7677 , 2365-7685
    Series Statement: Springer oceanography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part 1. Introduction -- 1. Recent Trends in Ocean Observations -- Part 2. Surface Observations -- 2. Observing Surface Meteorology and Air-Sea Fluxes -- 3. Drifter Technology and Impacts for Sea Surface Temperature, Sea-Level Pressure and Ocean Circulation Studies -- 4. Origin, Tranformation and Measurement of Waves in Ocean -- Part 3. Subsurface Observations -- 5. Oceanographic Floats- Principles of Operation -- 6. . Measuring Ocean Turbulence -- 7. New Science and Novel Approaches Enabled by Autonomous Gliders -- 8. Advances in In-Situ Ocean Measurements -- Part 4. Remote Sensing -- 9. Ocean Remote Sensing: Concept to Realization for Physical Oceanographic Studies -- 10. Near Real-time Underwater Passive Acoustic Monitoring of Natural and Anthropogenic Sounds -- 11. Data Return Aspects of CODAR and WERA High Frequency Radars in Mapping Currents -- Part 5. Data (Data Management) -- 12. Sensor Performance and Data Quality Control -- 13. Near Real Time Data Recovery from Oceanographic Moorings -- 14. Managing Metocean In Situ Data in the WMO Framework -- Part 6. Societal Applilications -- 15. Applications of Ocean In-Situ Observations and its Societal Relevance --Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: 9783709118832 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxx, 765 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783709118832 , 978-3-7091-1883-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Cardiac Development and Animal Models of Congenital Heart Defects / Robert G. Kelly 2 Normal Cardiac Anatomy and Clinical Evaluation / David J. Driscoll Part II Development of the Heart and Its Vessels 3 First and Second Heart Field / Margaret Buckingham 4 Neural Crest / Bijoy Thattaliyath and Mary Hutson 5 Inflow Tract Development / Andy Wessels 6 Epicardium and Coronary Arteries / José C. Martín-Robles and José M. Pérez-Pomares 7 Establishment of Cardiac Laterality / George C. Gabriel and Cecilia W. Lo 8 Cardiac Conduction System / Rajiv Mohan and Vincent M. Christoffels 9 Hemodynamics During Development and Postnatal Life / David Sedmera 10 Evolutionary Aspects of Cardiac Development / Bjarke Jensen and Antoon F.M. Moorman Part III Central Molecular Pathways 11 Inter- and Intracellular Signaling Pathways / Jörg Heineke 12 Cardiac Transcription Factors and Regulatory Networks / Marcel Grunert, Cornelia Dorn, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 13 Post-transcriptional Regulation by Proteins and Non-coding RNAs / Amelia E. Aranega and Diego Franco 14 Post-translational Modification / Jun Wang and Robert J. Schwartz 15 Epigenetics / Rajan Jain, Mudit Gupta, and Jonathan A. Epstein 16 Environmental Signals / George A. Porter Jr. 17 The Contractile Apparatus of the Heart / Ingo Morano 18 Technologies to Study Genetics and Molecular Pathways / Cornelia Dorn, Marcel Grunert, Ana Dopazo, Fátima Sánchez-Cabo, Alberto Gatto, Jésus Vázquez, Silke Rickert-Sperling, and Enrique Lara-Pezzi Part IV Atrial Septal Defect 19 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Atrial Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 20 Human Genetics of Atrial Septal Defect / Rabia Khan and Patrick Y. Jay 21 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Atrial Septal Defect / Patrick Y. Jay, Karl R. Degenhardt, and Robert H. Anderson Part V Ventricular Septal Defect 22 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Ventricular Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 23 Human Genetics of Ventricular Septal Defect / Katherina Bellmann, Andreas Perrot, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 24 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Ventricular Septal Defect / Lucile Houyel Part VI Atrioventricular Septal Defect 25 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 26 Human Genetics of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / Cheryl L. Maslen 27 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / Andy Wessels Part VII Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return 28 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / David J. Driscoll 29 Human Genetics of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / Robert E. Poelmann, Monique R.M. Jongbloed, Marco C. DeRuiter, and Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot 30 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / Robert E. Poelmann, Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot, Monique R.M. Jongbloed, and Marco C. DeRuiter Part VIII Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle 31 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / David J. Driscoll 32 Human Genetics of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / Cornelia Dorn, Andreas Perrot, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 33 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / Robert G. Kelly Part IX d-Transposition of the Great Arteries 34 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / David J. Driscoll 35 Human Genetics of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / Patrice Bouvagnet and Anne Moreau de Bellaing 36 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part X Defects of Situs 37 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Defects of Situs / David J. Driscoll 38 Human Genetics of Defects of Situs / Andreas Perrot and Silke Rickert-Sperling 39 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Defects of Situs / Nikolai T. Klena, George C. Gabriel, and Cecilia W. Lo Part XI Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies 40 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / David J. Driscoll 41 Human Genetics of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / Matina Prapa and Siew Yen Ho 42 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part XII Coronary Artery Anomalies 43 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Coronary Artery Anomalies / David J. Driscoll 44 Human Genetics of Coronary Artery Anomalies / Beatriz Picazo and José M. Pérez-Pomares 45 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Coronary Artery Anomalies / Juan A. Guadix and José M. Pérez-Pomares Part XIII Truncus Arteriosus 46 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Truncus Arteriosus / David J. Driscoll 47 Human Genetics of Truncus Arteriosus / Hiroyuki Yamagishi 48 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Truncus Arteriosus / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part XIV Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart 49 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / David J. Driscoll 50 Human Genetics of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / Abdul-Karim Sleiman, Liane Sadder, and George Nemer 51 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / Kamel Shibbani and George Nemer Part XV Ebstein Anomaly 52 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Ebstein Anomaly / David J. Driscoll 53 Human Genetics of Ebstein Anomaly / Gregor U. Andelfinger 54 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Ebstein Anomaly / Gregor U. Andelfinger Part XVI Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome 55 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / David J. Driscoll 56 Human Genetics of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Woodrow D. Benson 57 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Florian Wünnemann and Gregor U. Andelfinger Part XVII Cardiomyopathies 58 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Cardiomyopathies / David J. Driscoll 59 Human Genetics of Cardiomyopathies / Alexa M.C. Vermeer, Arthur A.M. Wilde, and Imke Christiaans 60 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Cardiomyopathies / Enkhsaikhan Purevjav
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: 9783030338282 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive summary of research to date in the field of stable iron isotope geochemistry. Since research began in this field 20 years ago, the field has grown to become one of the major research fields in "non-traditional" stable isotope geochemistry. This book reviews all aspects of the field, from low-temperature to high-temperature processes, biological processes, and cosmochemical processes. It provides a detailed history and state-of-the art summary about analytical methods to determine Fe-isotope ratios and discusses analytical and sample prospects.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 360 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030338282 , 978-3-030-33828-2
    ISSN: 2364-5113 , 2364-5105
    Series Statement: Advances in isotope geochemistry
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction and Overview 1.1 Geochemistry of Fe 1.1.1 Fe Redox 1.2 Stable Isotope Geochemistry 1.2.1 Nomenclature 1.2.2 Isotopic Fractionation 1.2.3 Processes that Produce Isotopic Variations 1.3 Overview of the Chapters References 2 Analytical Methods 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Iron Purification Methods 2.3 Mass Spectrometry 2.3.1 Beginnings of Fe Isotope Analysis 2.3.2 Multi Collector Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (MC-ICP-MS) 2.3.3 Modern MC-ICP-MS Using Pseudo High Mass Resolution Methods 2.3.4 Matrix Effects and Instrumental Mass Fractionation Corrections 2.4 In Situ Techniques 2.5 Summary References 3 Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Deriving Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors from First Principles 3.3 Experimental Methods for Measuring Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors 3.3.1 The Role of Sorption in Isotope Exchange 3.4 Equilibrium Fractionation of Fe Isotopes: Working Toward a Unified Set of Fractionation Factors 3.4.1 Aqueous Fe Species 3.4.2 Aqueous Fe Mineral Fractionation 3.5 Biological Experiments 3.5.1 Fe Oxidizing Experiments 3.5.2 Magnetotactic Bacteria 3.5.3 Fe Reducing Experiments 3.6 Preferred Set of b-Values 3.7 Summary References 4 High-Temperature Fe Isotope Geochemistry 4.1 Iron Isotope Variations in the Solar System 4.1.1 Chondrites and Chondritic Components 4.1.2 Differentiated Planetary Material 4.2 The Silicate Earth 4.2.1 The Mantle and Its Minerals 4.2.2 Basalts and Komatiites 4.2.3 Differentiated Crust 4.2.4 Magmatic Minerals 4.2.5 Hydrothermal Products and Ores 4.2.6 Metamorphic Rocks 4.3 Planetary Formation and Magmatic Processes 4.3.1 Planetary Accretion 4.3.2 Formation and Differentiation of Planetary Cores 4.3.3 Partial Melting on Earth and Other Planets 4.3.4 Mantle Metasomatism 4.3.5 Differentiation of Melts 4.3.6 The Mantle and Crust of the Earth as Compared to Other Planets 4.4 Summary References 5 The Modern Surficial World 5.1 Weathering 5.1.1 Mechanical Weathering 5.1.2 Chemical Weathering 5.1.3 Soils 5.2 Rivers and Groundwater 5.2.1 Rivers 5.2.2 Groundwater and Terrestrial Hydrothermal Systems 5.3 Redox-Stratified Water Bodies 5.3.1 Lake Water 5.3.2 Lake Sediments 5.3.3 The Black Sea 5.4 Marine Sediments 5.4.1 Reactive Fe Inventories 5.4.2 Pore Fluid-Sediment Interactions 5.4.3 Solid-Phase Fe Components 5.4.4 Benthic Fe Fluxes 5.5 The Fe Budget of the Modern Oceans 5.5.1 Seawater Fe 5.5.2 Riverine and Aeolian Sources 5.5.3 Benthic Sources 5.5.4 Hydrothermal Sources 5.6 Summary References 6 The Ancient Earth 6.1 The Cenozoic Marine System 6.1.1 Global Changes in the Cenozoic 6.1.2 Fe–Mn Crusts as Archives of Paleo-Seawater Compositions 6.1.3 Fe Isotope Variations in Cenozoic Seawater 6.2 Cretaceous Anoxic Events 6.2.1 Cenomanian-Turonian OAE-2 6.3 Precambrian Earth: An Introduction 6.3.1 Broad Changes in the Surface Earth in the Precambrian 6.3.2 Temporal Changes in Fe Abundance and Speciation 6.3.3 Differences in Marine Fe Pathways Between Modern and Ancient Earth 6.3.4 Authigenic Fe Isotope and Reactive Fe Trends 6.4 Precambrian Earth: The Neoproterozoic 6.4.1 Neoproterozoic Clastic Marine Sedimentary Rocks 6.4.2 Revisiting Reactive Fe Speciation and d56Fe 6.4.3 Neoproterozoic Iron Formations (IFs) 6.5 Precambrian Earth: The Paleoproterozoic and Neoarchean Transition Through the GOE 6.5.1 The Post-GOE Sedimentary Record 6.5.2 Changes in Weathering Across the GOE 6.5.3 Moving to a Low-Oxygen World: Key Issues of Fe Mass Balance, Fe Isotope Fractionation Factors, Fe 2+aq Oxidation, and the Age of Redox Proxies 6.5.4 Early Paleoproterozoic Iron Formations (IFs) 6.5.5 Early Paleoproterozoic Rise of Mn Redox 6.5.6 Paleoproterozoic and Neoarchean Continental Margins: Relations Between Shales, Carbonate Platforms, and IFs . 6.6 Precambrian Earth: The Early Archean Record 6.6.1 The Mesoarchean Witwatersrand and Pongola Basins 6.6.2 The Paleoarchean Barberton Greenstone Belt and Pilbara Craton 6.6.3 The High-Grade Metamorphic Terranes of the Eoarchean 6.7 Precambrian Earth: Synthesis of the Eoarchean Through Paleoproterozoic 6.8 Chapter Summary References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...